diff options
Diffstat (limited to '20205.txt')
| -rw-r--r-- | 20205.txt | 8206 |
1 files changed, 8206 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/20205.txt b/20205.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d5d1323 --- /dev/null +++ b/20205.txt @@ -0,0 +1,8206 @@ +The Project Gutenberg EBook of The Maya Chronicles, by Various + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: The Maya Chronicles + Brinton's Library Of Aboriginal American Literature, Number 1 + +Author: Various + +Editor: Daniel G. Brinton + +Release Date: December 28, 2006 [EBook #20205] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ASCII + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE MAYA CHRONICLES *** + + + + +Produced by Julia Miller and the Online Distributed +Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net + + + + + +Transcriber's Note + +A number of typographical errors and inconsistencies have been +maintained in this version of this book. They have been marked with a +[TN-#], which refers to a description in the complete list found at the +end of the text. One error that was corrected is also listed at the end +of the text. + +Oe ligatures used in the original text have been expanded. The following +codes are used for characters that are not able to be represented in the +text format used for this version of the book. + + [c] small open o + [C] capital open o + [=h] h with stroke + [)o] o with breve + [)u] u with breve + [k] tresillo + + + + + LIBRARY + + OF + + ABORIGINAL AMERICAN + LITERATURE. + + No. 1. + + EDITED BY + + D. G. BRINTON + + + + + BRINTON'S LIBRARY OF + ABORIGINAL AMERICAN LITERATURE. + NUMBER 1. + + + + + THE + MAYA CHRONICLES. + + + + + EDITED BY + DANIEL G. BRINTON + + + AMS PRESS + NEW YORK + + + + + Reprinted from the edition of 1882, Philadelphia + First AMS EDITION published 1969 + Manufactured in the United States of America + + Library of Congress Catalogue Card Number: 70-83457 + + AMS PRESS, INC. + New York, N.Y. 10003 + + + + + TO THE MEMORY + OF + CARL HERMANN BERENDT, M.D., + + WHOSE LONG AND EARNEST DEVOTION TO THE ETHNOLOGY + AND LINGUISTICS OF AMERICA HAS MADE THIS WORK + POSSIBLE, AND WHOSE UNTIMELY DEATH HAS + LOST TO AMERICAN SCHOLARS RESULTS + OF FAR GREATER IMPORTANCE, + + THIS VOLUME IS DEDICATED. + + + + +PREFACE. + + +The belief that the only solid foundation for the accurate study of +American ethnology and linguistics must be in the productions of the +native mind in their original form has led me to the venturesome +undertaking of which this is the first issue. The object of the proposed +series of publications is to preserve permanently a number of rude +specimens of literature composed by the members of various American +tribes, and exhibiting their habits of thought, modes of expressions, +intellectual range and aesthetic faculties. + +Whether the literary and historical value of these monuments is little +or great, they merit the careful attention of all who would weigh and +measure the aboriginal mind, and estimate its capacities correctly. + +The neglect of this field of study is largely owing to a deficiency of +material for its pursuit. Genuine specimens of native literature are +rare, and almost or quite inaccessible. They remain in manuscript in the +hands of a few collectors, or, if printed, they are in forms not +convenient to obtain, as in the ponderous transactions of learned +societies, or in privately printed works. My purpose is to gather +together from these sources a dozen volumes of moderate size and +reasonable price, and thus to put the material within the reach of +American and European scholars. + +Now that the first volume is ready, I see in it much that can be +improved upon in subsequent issues. I must ask for it an indulgent +criticism, for the novelty of the undertaking and its inherent +difficulties have combined to make it less finished and perfected than +it should have been. + +If the series meets with a moderate encouragement, it will be continued +at the rate of two or three volumes of varying size a year, and will, I +think, prove ultimately of considerable service to the students of man +in his simpler conditions of life and thought, especially of American +man. + + + + +CONTENTS. + + +INTRODUCTION. + + Sec. 1. The Name Maya, p. 9. Sec. 2. The Maya Linguistic Family, p. 17. + Sec. 3. Origin of the Maya Tribes, p. 20. Sec. 4. Political Condition at + the Time of the Conquest, p. 25. Sec. 5. Grammatical Observations, p. 27. + Sec. 6. The Numeral System, p. 37. Sec. 7. The Calendar, p. 50. Sec. 8. Ancient + Hieroglyphic Books, p. 61. Sec. 9. Modern Maya Manuscripts, p. 67. + Sec. 10. Grammars and Dictionaries, p. 72. + + +THE CHRONICLES. + + INTRODUCTORY p. 81 + + I. The Series of the Katuns, p. 89. Text, p. 95. Translation, + p. 100. Notes, p. 106. + + II. The Series of the Katuns, p. 136. Text, p. 138. Translation, + p. 144. Notes, p. 150. + + III. The Record of the Count of the Katuns, p. 152. Text, p. 153. + Translation, p. 158. Notes, p. 163. + + IV. The Maya Katuns, p. 165. Text, p. 166. Translation, p. 169. + Notes, p. 173. + + V. The Chief Katuns, p. 177. Text, p. 178. Translation, p. 180. + Notes, p. 182. + + +THE CHRONICLE OF CHAC XULUB CHEN. + + Introductory, p. 189. Text, p. 193. Translation, p. 216. Notes, + p. 242. + + VOCABULARY p. 261 + + + + +I. + +INTRODUCTION. + +CONTENTS. + +1. THE NAME "MAYA." 2. THE MAYA LINGUISTIC FAMILY. 3. ORIGIN OF THE MAYA +TRIBES. 4. POLITICAL CONDITION AT THE TIME OF THE CONQUEST. 5. +GRAMMATICAL OBSERVATIONS. 6. THE NUMERAL SYSTEM. 7. THE CALENDAR. 8. +ANCIENT HIEROGLYPHIC BOOKS. 9. MODERN MAYA MANUSCRIPTS. 10. GRAMMARS AND +DICTIONARIES OF THE LANGUAGE. + + +Sec. 1. _The Name "Maya."_ + +In his second voyage, Columbus heard vague rumors of a mainland westward +from Jamaica and Cuba, at a distance of ten days' journey in a +canoe.[9-1] Its inhabitants were said to be clothed, and the specimens +of wax which were found among the Cubans must have been brought from +there, as they themselves did not know how to prepare it. + +During his fourth voyage (1503-4), when he was exploring the Gulf +southwest from Cuba, he picked up a canoe laden with cotton clothing +variously dyed. The natives in it gave him to understand that they were +merchants, and came from a land called MAIA.[10-1] + +This is the first mention in history of the territory now called +Yucatan, and of the race of the Mayas; for although a province of +similar name was found in the western extremity of the island of Cuba, +the similarity was accidental, as the evidence is conclusive that no +colony of the Mayas was found on the Antilles.[10-2] These islands were +peopled by a wholly different stock, the remnants of whose language +prove them to have been the northern outposts of the Arawacks of Guiana, +and allied to the great Tupi-Guaranay stem of South America. + +MAYA was the patrial name of the natives of Yucatan. It was the proper +name of the northern portion of the peninsula. No single province bore +it at the date of the Conquest, and probably it had been handed down as +a generic term from the period, about a century before, when this whole +district was united under one government. + +The natives of all this region called themselves _Maya uinic_, Maya men, +or _ah Mayaa_, those of Maya; their language was _Maya than_, the Maya +speech; a native woman was _Maya c[=h]uplal_; and their ancient capital +was _Maya pan_, the MAYA banner, for there of old was set up the +standard of the nation, the elaborately worked banner of brilliant +feathers, which, in peace and in war, marked the rallying point of the +Confederacy. + +We do not know where they drew the line from others speaking the same +tongue. That it excluded the powerful tribe of the Itzas, as a recent +historian thinks,[12-1] seems to be refuted by the documents I bring +forward in the present volume; that, on the other hand, it did not +include the inhabitants of the southwestern coast appears to be +indicated by the author of one of the oldest and most complete +dictionaries of the language. Writing about 1580, when the traditions of +descent were fresh, he draws a distinction between the _lengua de Maya_ +and the _lengua de Campeche_.[12-2] The latter was a dialect varying +very slightly from pure Maya, and I take it, this manner of indicating +the distinction points to a former political separation. + +The name Maya is also found in the form _Mayab_, and this is asserted by +various Yucatecan scholars of the present generation, as Pio Perez, +Crescencio Carrillo, and Eligio Ancona, to be the correct ancient form, +while the other is but a Spanish corruption.[13-1] + +But this will not bear examination. All the authorities, native as well +as foreign, of the sixteenth century, write _Maya_. It is impossible to +suppose that such laborious and earnest students as the author of the +Dictionary of Motul, as the grammarian and lexicographer Gabriel de San +Buenaventura, and as the educated natives whose writings I print in this +volume, could all have fallen into such a capital blunder.[13-2] + +The explanation I have to offer is just the reverse. The use of the +terminal _b_ in "Mayab" is probably a dialectic error, other examples of +which can be quoted. Thus the writer of the Dictionary of Motul informs +us that the form _maab_ is sometimes used for the ordinary negative +_ma_, no; but, he adds, it is a word of the lower classes, _es palabra +de gente comun_. So I have little doubt but that _Mayab_ is a vulgar +form of the word, which may have gradually gained ground. + +As at present used, the accent usually falls on the first syllable, +_Ma'ya_, and the best old authorities affirm this as a rule; but it is a +rule subject to exceptions, as at the end of a sentence and in certain +dialects Dr. Berendt states that it is not infrequently heard as +_Ma'ya'_ or even _Maya'_.[14-1] + +The meaning and derivation of the word have given rise to the usual +number of nonsensical and far-fetched etymologies. The Greek, the +Sanscrit, the ancient Coptic and the Hebrew have all been called in to +interpret it. I shall refer to but a few of these profitless +suggestions. + +The Abbe Brasseur (de Bourbourg) quotes as the opinion of Don Ramon de +Ordonez, the author of a strange work on American archaeology, called +_History of the Heaven and the Earth_, that _Maya_ is but an +abbreviation of the phrase _ma ay ha_, which, the Abbe adds, means word +for word, _non adest aqua_, and was applied to the peninsula on account +of the scarcity of water there.[15-1] + +Unfortunately that phrase has no such, nor any, meaning in Maya; were it +_ma yan haa_, it would have the sense he gives it; and further, as the +Abbe himself remarked in a later work, it is not applicable to Yucatan, +where, though rivers are scarce, wells and water abound. He therefore +preferred to derive it from _ma_ and _ha_, which he thought he could +translate either "Mother of the Water," or "Arm of the Land!"[15-2] + +The latest suggestion I have noticed is that of Eligio Ancona, who, +claiming that _Mayab_ is the correct form, and that this means "not +numerous," thinks that it was applied to the first native settlers of +the land, on account of the paucity of their numbers![15-3] + +All this seems like learned trifling. The name may belong to that +ancient dialect from which are derived many of the names of the days and +months in the native calendar, and which, as an esoteric language, was +in use among the Maya priests, as was also one among the Aztecs of +Mexico. Instances of this, in fact, are very common among the American +aborigines, and no doubt many words were thus preserved which could not +be analyzed to their radicals through the popular tongue. + +Or, if it is essential to find a meaning, why not accept the obvious +signification of the name? _Ma_ is the negative "no," "not;" _ya_ means +rough, fatiguing, difficult, painful, dangerous. The compound _maya_ is +given in the Dictionary of Motul with the translations "not arduous nor +severe; something easy and not difficult to do;" _cosa no grave ni +recia; cosa facil y no dificultosa de hacer_. It was used adjectively as +in the phrase, _maya u chapahal_, his sickness is not dangerous. So they +might have spoken of the level and fertile land of Yucatan, abounding in +fruit and game, that land to which we are told they delighted to give, +as a favorite appellation, the term _u luumil ceh, u luumil cutz_, the +land of the deer, the land of the wild turkey; of this land, I say, they +might well have spoken as of one not fatiguing, not rough nor +exhausting. + + +Sec. 2. _The Maya Linguistic Family._ + +Whatever the primitive meaning and first application of the name Maya, +it is now used to signify specifically the aborigines of Yucatan. In a +more extended sense, in the expression "the Maya family," it is +understood to embrace all tribes, wherever found, who speak related +dialects presumably derived from the same ancient stock as the Maya +proper. + +Other names for this extended family have been suggested, as Maya-Kiche, +Mam-Huastec, and the like, compounded of the names of two or more of the +tribes of the group. But this does not appear to have much advantage +over the simple expression I have given, though "Maya-Kiche" may be +conveniently employed to prevent confusion. + +These affiliated tribes are, according to the investigations of Dr. Carl +Hermann Berendt, the following:-- + + 1. The Maya proper, including the Lacandons. + + 2. The Chontals of Tabasco, on and near the coast west of the mouth + of the Usumacinta. + + 3. The Tzendals, south of the Chontals. + + 4. The Zotzils, south of the Tzendals. + + 5. The Chaneabals, south of the Zotzils. + + 6. The Chols, on the upper Usumacinta. + + 7. The Chortis, near Copan. + + 8. The Kekchis, and + + 9. The Pocomchis, in Vera Paz. + + 10. The Pocomams. } + + 11. The Mams. } + + 12. The Kiches. } + + 13. The Ixils. } In or bordering on Guatemala. + + 14. The Cakchiquels. } + + 15. The Tzutuhils. } + + 16. The Huastecs, on the Panuco river and its tributaries, in Mexico. + +The languages of these do not differ more, in their extremes, than the +French, Spanish, Italian and other tongues of the so-called Latin races; +while a number resemble each other as closely as the Greek dialects of +classic times. + +What lends particular importance to the study of this group of languages +is that it is that which was spoken by the race in several respects the +most civilized of any found on the American continent. Copan, Uxmal and +Palenque are names which at once evoke the most earnest interest in the +mind of every one who has ever been attracted to the subject of the +archaeology of the New World. This race, moreover, possessed an abundant +literature, preserved in written books, in characters which were in some +degree phonetic. Enough of these remain to whet, though not to satisfy, +the curiosity of the student. + +The total number of Indians of pure blood speaking the Maya proper may +be estimated as nearly or quite 200,000, most of them in the political +limits of the department of Yucatan; to these should be added nearly +100,000 of mixed blood, or of European descent, who use the tongue in +daily life.[19-1] For it forms one of the rare examples of American +languages possessing vitality enough not only to maintain its own +ground, but actually to force itself on European settlers and supplant +their native speech. It is no uncommon occurrence in Yucatan, says Dr. +Berendt, to find whole families of pure white blood who do not know one +word of Spanish, using the Maya exclusively. It has even intruded on +literature, and one finds it interlarded in books published in Merida, +very much as lady novelists drop into French in their imaginative +effusions.[20-1] + +The number speaking the different dialects of the stock are roughly +estimated at half a million, which is probably below the mark. + + +Sec. 3. _Origin of the Maya Tribes._ + +The Mayas did not claim to be autochthones. Their legends referred to +their arrival by the sea from the East, in remote times, under the +leadership of Itzamna, their hero-god, and also to a less numerous, +immigration from the west, from Mexico, which was connected with the +history of another hero-god, Kukul Can. + +The first of these appears to be wholly mythical, and but a repetition +of the story found among so many American tribes, that their ancestors +came from the distant Orient. I have elsewhere explained this to be but +a solar or light myth.[20-2] + +The second tradition deserves more attention from the historian, as it +is supported by some of their chronicles and by the testimony of several +of the most intelligent natives of the period of the conquest, which I +present on a later page of this volume. + +It cannot be denied that the Mayas, the Kiches and the Cakchiquels, in +their most venerable traditions, claimed to have migrated from the north +or west, from some part of the present country of Mexico. + +These traditions receive additional importance from the presence on the +shores of the Mexican Gulf, on the waters of the river Panuco, north of +Vera Cruz, of a prominent branch of the Maya family, the _Huastecs_. The +idea suggests itself that these were the rearguard of a great migration +of the Maya family from the north toward the south. + +Support is given to this by their dialect, which is most closely akin to +that of the Tzendals of Tabasco, the nearest Maya race to the south of +them, and also by very ancient traditions of the Aztecs. + +It is noteworthy that these two partially civilized races, the Mayas and +the Aztecs, though differing radically in language, had legends which +claimed a community of origin in some indefinitely remote past. We find +these on the Maya side narrated in the sacred book of the Kiches, the +_Popol Vuh_, in the Cakchiquel _Records of Tecpan Atitlan_, and in +various pure Maya sources which I bring forward in this volume. The +Aztec traditions refer to the Huastecs, and a brief analysis of them +will not be out of place. + +At a very remote period the Mexicans, under their leader Mecitl, from +whom they took their name, arrived in boats at the mouth of the river +Panuco, at the place called Panotlan, which name means "where one +arrives by sea." With them were the Olmecs under their leader Olmecatl, +the Huastecs, under their leader Huastecatl, the Mixtecs and others. +They journeyed together and in friendship southward, down the coast, +quite to the volcanoes of Guatemala, thence to Tamoanchan, which is +described as the terrestial[TN-1] paradise, and afterwards, some of them +at least, northward and eastward, toward the shores of the Gulf. + +On this journey the intoxicating beverage made from the maguey, called +_octli_ by the Aztecs, _cii_ by the Mayas, and _pulque_ by the +Spaniards, was invented by a woman whose name was _Mayauel_, in which we +can scarcely err in recognizing the national appellation _Maya_.[23-1] +Furthermore, the invention is closely related to the history of the +Huastecs. Their leader, alone of all the chieftains, drank to excess, +and in his drunkenness threw aside his garments and displayed his +nakedness. When he grew sober, fear and shame impelled him to collect +all those who spoke his language, and leaving the other tribes, he +returned to the neighborhood of Panuco and settled there +permanently.[23-2] + +The annals of the Aztecs contain frequent allusions to the Huastecs. The +most important contest between the two nations took place in the reign +of Montezuma the First (1440-1464). The attack was made by the Aztecs, +for the alleged reason that the Huastecs had robbed and killed Aztec +merchants on their way to the great fairs in Guatemala. The Huastecs are +described as numerous, dwelling in walled towns, possessing quantities +of maize, beans, feathers and precious stones, and painting their faces. +They were signally defeated by the troops of Montezuma, but not reduced +to vassalage.[24-1] + +At the time of the Conquest the province of the Huastecs was densely +peopled; "none more so under the sun," remarks the Augustinian friar +Nicolas de Witte, who visited it in 1543; but even then he found it +almost deserted and covered with ruins, for, a few years previous, the +Spaniards had acted towards its natives with customary treachery and +cruelty. They had invited all the chiefs to a conference, had enticed +them into a large wooden building, and then set fire to it and burned +them alive. When this merciless act became known the Huastecs deserted +their villages and scattered among the forests and mountains.[24-2] + +These traditions go to show that the belief among the Aztecs was that +the tribes of the Maya family came originally from the north or +northeast, and were at some remote period closely connected with their +own ancestors. + + +Sec. 4. _Political Condition at the Time of the Conquest._ + +When the Spaniards first explored the coasts of Yucatan they found the +peninsula divided into a number of independent petty states. According +to an authority followed by Herrera, these were eighteen in number. +There is no complete list of their names, nor can we fix with certainty +their boundaries. The following list gives their approximate position. +On the west coast, beginning at the south-- + + 1. _Acalan_, on the Bahia de Terminos. + 2. _Tixchel_ (or Telchac?) + 3. _Champoton_ (Chakanputun, or Potonchan). + 4. _Kinpech_ (Campech or Campeche). + 5. _Canul_ (Acanul or H' Canul). + 6. _Hocabaihumun._ + 7. _Cehpech_, in which Merida was founded. + 8. _Zipatan_, on the northwest coast. + +On the east coast, beginning at the north-- + + 9. _Choaca_, near Cape Cotoche. + 10. _Ekab_, opposite the Island of Cozumel. + 11. _Conil_, or of the Cupuls.[TN-3] + 13. _Bakhalal_, or Bacalar. + 14. _Chetemal._ + 15. _Taitza_, the Peten district. + +Central provinces-- + + 16. _H' Chel_ (or Ah Kin Chel) in which Itzamal + was located. + 17. _Zotuta_, of the Cocoms. + 18. _Mani_, of the Xius. + 19. _Cochuah_ (or Cochva, or Cocola), the principal + town of which was Ichmul. + +As No. 15, the Peten district, was not conquered by the Spaniards until +1697, it was doubtless not included in the list drawn up by Herrera's +authority, so that the above would correspond with his statement. + +Each of these provinces was ruled by a hereditary chief, who was called +_batab_, or _batabil uinic_ (_uinic_=man). He sometimes bore two names, +the first being that of his mother, the second of his father, as _Can +Ek_, in which _Can_ was from the maternal, _Ek_ from the paternal line. +The surname (_kaba_) descended through the male. It was called _hach +kaba_, the true name, or _hool kaba_, the head name. Much attention was +paid to preserving the genealogy, and the word for "of noble birth" was +_ah kaba_, "he who has a name." + +Each village of a province was organized under a ruler, who was styled +_halach uinic_, the true or real man. Frequently he was a junior member +of the reigning family. He was assisted by a second in command, termed +_ah kulel_, as a lieutenant, and various subordinate officials, whose +duties will be explained in the notes to Nakuk Pech's narrative. + +Personal tenure of land did not exist. The town lands were divided out +annually among the members of the community, as their wants required, +the consumption of each adult being calculated at twenty loads (of a +man) of maize each year, this being the staple food.[27-1] + + +Sec. 5. _Grammatical Observations._ + +Compared with many American languages, the Maya is simple in +construction. It is analytic rather than synthetic; most of its roots +are monosyllables or dissyllables, and the order of their arrangement is +very similar to that in English. It has been observed that foreigners, +coming to Yucatan, ignorant of both Spanish and Maya, acquire a +conversational knowledge of the latter more readily than of the +former.[28-1] + +An examination of the language explains this. Neither nouns nor +adjectives undergo any change for gender, number or case. Before animate +nouns the gender may be indicated by the prefixes _ah_ and _ix_, +equivalent to the English _he_ and _she_ in such expressions as +_he-bear_, _she-bear_. The plural particle is _ob_, which can be +suffixed to animate nouns, but is in fact the third person plural of the +personal pronoun. + +The conjugations of the verbs are four in number. All passives and +neuters end in _l_, and also a certain number of active verbs; these +form the first conjugation, while the remaining three are of active +verbs only. The time-forms of the verb are three, the present, the +aorist, and the future. Taking the verb _nacal_, to ascend, these forms +are _nacal_, _naci_, _nacac_. The present indicative is:-- + + Nacal in cah, I ascend. + Nacal a cah, thou ascendest. + Nacal u cah, he ascends. + Nacal c cah, we ascend. + Nacal a cah ex, you ascend. + Nacal u cah ob, they ascend. + +When this form is analyzed, we discover that _in_, _a_, _u_, _c_, +_a-ex_, _u-ob_, are personal possessive pronouns, my, thy, his, our, +your, their; and that _nacal_ and _cah_ are in fact verbal nouns +standing in apposition. _Cah_, which is the sign of the present tense, +means the doing, making, being occupied or busy at something. Hence +_nacal in cah_, I ascend, is literally "the ascent, my being occupied +with." The imperfect tense is merely the present with the additional +verbal noun _cuchi_ added, as-- + + Nacal in cah cuchi, I was ascending. + Nacal a cah cuchi, Thou wast ascending. + etc. + +_Cuchi_ means carrying on, bearing along, and the imperfect may thus be +rendered:-- + +"The ascent, my being occupied with, carrying on." + +This is what has been called by Friedrich Mueller the "possessive +conjugation," the pronoun used being not in the nominative but in the +possessive form. + +The aorist presents a different mode of formation:-- + + Nac-en, (i.e. Naci-en) I ascended. + Nac-ech, Thou ascended. + Naci, He ascended. + Nac-on, We ascended. + Nac-ex, You ascended. + Nac-ob, They ascended. + +Here _en_, _ech_, _on_, _ex_, are apparently the simple personal +pronouns I, thou, we, you, and are used predicatively. The future is +also conjugated in this form by the use of the verbal _bin_, _binel_, to +go: + + Bin nacac en, I am going to ascend. + Bin nacac ech, Thou art going to ascend. + etc. + +The present of all the active verbs uses this predicative form, while +their aorists and futures employ possessive forms. Thus:-- + + Ten cambezic, I teach him. + Tech cambezic, Thou teaches him. + Lay cambezic, He teaches him. + +Here, however, I must note a difference of opinion between eminent +grammatical critics. Friedrich Mueller considers all such forms as-- + + Nac-en, I ascended, + +to exhibit "the predicative power of the true verb," basing his opinion +on the analogy of such expressions as-- + + Ten batab en, I (am) a chief.[31-1] + +M. Lucien Adam, on the other hand, says:--"The intransitive preterit +_nac-en_ may seem morphologically the same as the Aryan _as-mi_; but +here again, _nac_ is a verbal noun, as is demonstrated by the plural of +the third person _nac-ob_, 'the ascenders.' _Nac-en_ comes to mean +'ascender [formerly] me.'"[31-2] + +I am inclined to think that the French critic is right, and that, in +fact, there is no true verb in the Maya, but merely verbal nouns, +_nomina actionis_, to which the pronouns stand either in the possessive +or objective relations, or, more remotely, in the possessive relation to +another verbal noun in apposition, as _cah_, _cuchi_, etc. The +importance of this point in estimating the structure of the language +will be appreciated by those who have paid any attention to the science +of linguistics. + +The objective form of the conjugation is composed of the simple personal +pronouns of both persons, together with the possessive of the agent and +the particle _ci_, which conveys the accessory notion of present action +towards. Thus, from _moc_, to tie:-- + + Ten c in moc ech, I tie thee, + literally, I my present tying thee. + +These refinements of analysis have, of course, nothing to do with the +convenience of the language for practical purposes. As it has no dual, +no inclusive and exclusive plurals, no articles nor substantive verb, no +transitions, and few irregular verbs, its forms are quickly learned. It +is not polysynthetic, at any rate, not more so than French, and its +words undergo no such alteration by agglutination as in Aztec and +Algonkin. Syncopated forms are indeed common, but to no greater extent +than in colloquial English. The unit of the tongue remains the word, not +the sentence, and we find no immeasurable words, expressing in +themselves a whole paragraph, such as grammarians like to quote from the +Eskimo, Aztec, Qquichua and other highly synthetic languages. + +The position of words in a sentence is not dissimilar from that in +English. The adjective precedes the noun it qualifies, and sentences +usually follow the formula, subject--verbal--object. Thus:-- + + _Hemac cu yacuntic Diose, utz uinic._ + He who loves God, [is] good man. + +But transposition is allowable, as-- + + _Taachili u tzicic u yum uinic._ + Generally obeys his father, a man. + +As shown in this last example, the genitive relation is indicated by the +possessive pronoun, as it sometimes was in English, "John, his book;" +but the Maya is "his book John," _u huun Juan_. + +Another method which is used for indicating the genitive and ablative +relations is the termination _il_. This is called "the determinative +ending," and denotes whose is the object named, or of what. It is +occasionally varied to _al_ and _el_, to correspond to the last +preceding vowel, but this "vocalic echo" is not common in Maya. While it +denotes use, it does not convey the idea of ownership. Thus, _u c[=h]een +in yum_, my father's well, means the well that belongs to my father; but +_c[=h]enel in yum_, my father's well, means the well from which he +obtains water, but in which he has no proprietorship. Material used is +indicated by this ending, as _xanil na_, a house of straw (_xan_, straw, +_na_, house). + +Compound words are frequent, but except occasional syncope, the members +of the compound undergo no change. There is little resembling the +incapsulation (_emboitement_) that one sees in most American languages. +Thus, midnight, _chumucakab_, is merely a union of _chumuc_, middle, and +_akab_, night; dawn, _ahalcab_, is _ahal_, to awaken, _cab_, the world. + +While from the above brief sketch it will be seen that the Maya is free +from many of the difficulties which present themselves in most American +tongues, it is by no means devoid of others. + +In its _phonetics_, it possesses six elements which to the Spaniards +were new. They are represented by the signs: + + c[=h], k, pp, t[=h], tz, [c]. + +Of these the c[=h] resembles dch, pronounced forcibly; the [c] is as dz; +the pp is a forcible double p; and in the t[=h] the two letters are to +be pronounced separately and forcibly. There remains the _k_ which is +the most difficult of all. It is a sort of palato-guttural, the only one +in the language, and its sound can only be acquired by long practice. + +The _particles_ are very numerous, and make up the life of the language. +By them are expressed the relations of space and time, and all the finer +shades of meaning. Probably no one not to the manor born could render +correctly their full force. Buenaventura, in his Grammar, enumerates +sixteen different significations of the particle _il_.[35-1] + +The elliptical and obscure style adopted by most native writers, partly +from ignorance of the art of composition, partly because they imitated +the mystery in expression affected by their priests, forms a serious +obstacle even to those fairly acquainted with the current language. +Moreover, the older manuscripts contain both words and forms unfamiliar +to a cultivated Yucatecan of to-day. + +I must, however, not omit to contradict formally an assertion made by +the traveler Waldeck, and often repeated, that the language has +undergone such extensive changes that what was written a century ago is +unintelligible to a native of to-day. So far is this from the truth +that, except for a few obsolete words, the narrative of the Conquest, +written more than three hundred years ago, by the chief Pech, which I +print in this volume, could be read without much difficulty by any +educated native. + +Again, as in all languages largely monosyllabic, there are many +significations attached to one word, and these often widely different. +Thus _kab_ means, a hand; a handle; a branch; sap; an offence; while +_cab_ means the world; a country; strength; honey; a hive; sting of an +insect; juice of a plant; and, in composition, promptness. It will be +readily understood that cases will occur where the context leaves it +doubtful which of these meanings is to be chosen. + +These _homonyms_ and _paronyms_, as they are called by grammarians, +offer a fine field for sciolists in philology, wherein to discover +analogies between the Maya and other tongues, and they have been +vigorously culled out for that purpose. All such efforts are +inconsistent with correct methods in linguistics. The folly of the +procedure may be illustrated by comparing the English and the Maya. I +suppose no one will pretend that these languages, at any rate in their +present modern forms, are related. Yet the following are but a few of +the many verbal similarities that could be pointed out:-- + + MAYA. ENGLISH. + bateel, battle. + c[=h]ab, to grab, to take. + hol, hole. + hun, one. + lum, loam. + pol, poll (head). + potum, a pot. + pul, to pull, carry. + tun, stone. + +So with the Latin we could find such similarities as _volah_=volo, +_[c]a_=dare, etc. + +In fact, no relationship of the Maya linguistic group to any other has +been discovered. It contains a number of words borrowed from the Aztec +(Nahuatl); and the latter in turn presents many undoubtedly borrowed +from the Maya dialects. But this only goes to show that these two great +families had long and close relations; and that we already know, from +their history, traditions and geographical positions. + + +Sec. 6. _The Numeral System._ + +The Mayas had a mathematical turn, and possessed a developed system of +numeration. It counted by units and scores; in other words, it was a +vigesimal system. The cardinal numbers were:-- + + Hun, one. + Ca, two. + Ox, three. + Can, four. + Ho, five. + Uac, six. + Uuc, seven. + Uaxac, eight. + Bolon, nine. + Lahun, ten. + Buluc, eleven. + Lahca, twelve. + Oxlahun, thirteen. + Canlahun, fourteen. + Holhun, fifteen. + Uaclahun, sixteen. + Uuclahun, seventeen. + Uaxaclahun, eighteen. + Bolonlahun, nineteen. + Hunkal, twenty. + +The composition of these numerals from twelve to nineteen inclusive is +easily seen. _Lahun_ is apparently a compound of _lah hun_ (sc. +_uinic_), "it finishes one (man);" that is, in counting on the fingers. +_Lah_ means the end, to end, and also the whole of anything. _Kal_, a +score, is literally a fastening together, a shutting up, from the verb +_kal_, to shut, to lock, to button up, etc. + +From twenty upward, the scores are used:-- + + Hun tu kal, one to the score, 21. + Ca tu kal, two to the score, 22. + Ox tu kal, three to the score, 23, + +and so on up to + + Ca kal, two score, 40. + +Above forty, three different methods can be used to continue the +numeration. + +1. We may continue the same employed between 20 and 40, thus:-- + + Hun tu cakal, one to two score, 41. + Ca tu cakal, two to two score, 42. + Ox tu cakal, three to two score, 43, + +and so on. + +2. The numeral copulative _catac_ can be used, with the numeral particle +_tul_; as:-- + + Cakal catac catul, two score and two, 42. + Cakal catac oxtul, two score and three, 43. + +3. We may count upon the next score above, as: + + Hun tu yoxkal, one on the third score, 41. + Ca tu yoxkal, two on the third score, 42. + Ox tu yoxkal, three on the third score, 43. + +The last mentioned system is that advanced by Father Beltran, and is the +only one formally mentioned by him. It has recently been carefully +analyzed by Prof. Leon de Rosny, who has shown that it is a consistent +vigesimal method.[40-1] + +It might be asked, and the question is pertinent, and is left unanswered +by Prof. Leon de Rosny, why _hun tu kal_ means "one to the score," and +_hun tu can kal_ is translated, "one on the fourth score." This +important shade of meaning may be given, I think, by the possessive _u_ +which originally belonged in the phrase, but suffered elision. Properly +it should be, + + Hun tu u can kal. + +This seems apparent from other numbers where it has not suffered +elision, but merely incorporation, as:-- + + Hun tu yox kal=hun tu u ox kal, 41. + Hu tu yokal=hun tu u ho kal, 81. + +This system of numeration, advanced by Beltran, appears to have been +adopted by all of the later writers, who may have learned the Maya +largely from his Grammar. Thus, in the translation of the Gospel of St. +John, published by the Baptist Bible Translation Society, chap. II, v. +20; _Xupan uactuyoxkal hab utial u mental letile kulnaa_, "forty and six +years was this temple in building;"[41-1] and in that of the Gospel of +St. Luke, said to have been the work of Father Joaquin Ruz, the same +system is followed.[41-2] + +Nevertheless, Beltran's method has been severely criticised by Don Juan +Pio Perez, who ranks among the ablest Yucatecan linguists of this +century. He has pronounced it artificial, not in accordance with either +the past or present use of the natives themselves, and built up out of +an effort to assimilate the Maya to the Latin numeral system. + +I give his words in the original, from his unpublished essay on Maya +grammar.[42-1] + +"Los Indios de Yucatan cuentan por veintenas, que llaman _kal_ y en +cierto modo tienen diez y nueve unidades hasta completar la primera +veintena que es _hunkal_ aunque en el curso de esta solo se encuentran +once numeros simples, pues los nombres de los restantes se forman de los +de la primera decena. + +"Para contar de una a otra veintena los numeros fraccionarios o las diez +y nueve unidades, terminadas por la particula _tul_ o su sincopa +_tu_,[42-2] se juntan antepuestas a la veintena espresada; por exemplo, +_hunkal_, 20; _huntukal_, 21; _catukal_, 22; y _huntucakal_, 41; +_catucakal_, 42; _oxtucankal_, 83; _cantuhokal_, 140, etc. + +"El Padre Fr. Beltran de Santa Rosa, como puede verse en su _Arte de +Lengua Maya_, formo un sistema distinto a este desde la 2ª veintena +hasta la ultima, pues para espresar las unidades entre este y la 3ª +veintena pone a esta terminandolas y por consiguiente rebajandole su +valor por solo su anteposicion a dichas unidades fraccionarias, y asi +para espresar el numero 45 por ejemplo dice _ho tu yoxkal_, cuando +_oxkal_ o _yoxkal_ significa 60. + +"No se de donde tomo los fundamentos en que se apoya este sistema, quiza +en el uso de su tiempo, que no ha llegado hasta este; aunque he visto en +varios manuscritos antiguos, que los Indios de entonces como los de +ahora, usaban el sistema que indico, y espresaban las unidades integras +que numeraban, y para espresar el numero 65 dicen; _Oxkal catac hotul_ u +_hotu oxkal_, que usa el Padre Beltran por 45.[43-1] + +"Mas el metodo que explico esta apoyado en el uso y aun en el curso que +se advierte en la 1ª y 2ª veintena e indican que asi deben continuar las +decenas hasta la 20ª y no formar sistemas confusos que por ser mas o +menos analogos a la numeracion romana lo juzgaban mas o menos perfectos, +porque la consideraban como un tipo a que debia arreglarse cualquiera +otra lengua, cuando en ellas todo lo que no este conforme con el uso +recibido y corriente, es construir castillos en el aire y hacer reformas +que por mas ingeniosas que sean, no pasan de inoficiosas." + +In the face of this severe criticism of Father Beltran's system, I +cannot explain how it is that in Pio Perez's own Dictionary of the Maya, +the numerals above 40 are given according to Beltran's system; and that +this was not the work of the editors of that volume (which was published +after his death), is shown by an autographic manuscript of his +dictionary in my possession, written about 1846,[44-1] in which also the +numerals appear in Beltran's form. + +Three other manuscript dictionaries in my collection, all composed +previous to 1690, affirm the system of Beltran, and I am therefore +obliged to believe that it was authentic and current among the natives +long before white scholars began to dress up their language in the +ill-fitting garments of Aryan grammar. + +Proceeding to higher numbers, it is interesting to note that they also +proceed on the vigesimal system, although this has not heretofore been +distinctly shown. The ancient computation was: + + 20 units = one _kal_ = 20 + 20 kal = one _bak_ = 400 + 20 bak = one _pic_ = 8,000 + 20 pic = one _calab_ = 160,000 + 20 calab = one _kinchil_ or _tzotzceh_ = 3,200,000 + 20 kinchil = one _alau_ = 64,000,000 + +This ancient system was obscured by the Spaniards using the word _pic_ +to mean 1000 and _kinchil_ to mean 1,000,000, instead of their original +significations. + +The meaning of _kal_, I have already explained to be a fastening +together, a package, a bundle. _Bak_, as a verb, is to tie around and +around with a network of cords; _pic_ is the old word for the short +petticoat worn by the women, which was occasionally used as a sac. If we +remember that grains of corn or of cacao were what were generally +employed as counters, then we may suppose these were measures of +quantity. The word _kal_ (_qal_), in Kiche means a score and also +specifically 20 grains of cacao; _bak_ in Cakchiquel means a corn-cob, +and as a verb to shell an ear of corn, but I am not clear of any +connection between this and the numeral. Other meanings of _bak_ in Maya +are "meat" and the _partes pudendas_ of either sex. + +_Calab_, seems to be an instrumental form from _cal_, to stuff, to fill +full.[45-1] The word _calam_ is used in the sense of excessive, +overmuch. In Cakchiquel the phrase _mani hu cala_, not (merely) one +_cala_, is synonymous with _mani hu chuvi_, not (merely) one bag or +sack, both meaning a countless number.[46-1] In that dialect the +specific meaning of _cala_ is 20 loads of cacao beans.[46-2] + +The term _tzotzceh_ means deerskin, but for _kinchil_ and _alau_, I have +found no satisfactory derivation that does not strain the forms of the +word too much. I would, however, suggest one possible connection of +meaning. + +In _kinchil_, we have the word _kin_, day; in _alau_, the word _u_ +month, and in the term for mathematical infinity, _hunhablat_, we find +_hun haab_, one year, just as in the related expression, _hunhablazic_, +which signifies that which lasts a whole year. If this suggestion is +well grounded, then in these highest expressions of quantity (and I am +inclined to think that originally _hun hablat_, one _hablat_=20 _alau_) +we have applications of the three time periods, the day, the month, and +the year, with the figurative sense that the increase of one over the +other was as the relative lengths of these different periods. + +I think it worth while to go into these etymologies, as they may throw +some light on the graphic representation of the numerals in the Maya +hieroglyphics. It is quite likely that the figures chosen to represent +the different higher units would resemble the objects which their names +literally signify. The first nineteen numerals were written by a +combination of dots and lines, examples of which we find in abundance in +the Codex Troano and other manuscripts. The following explanation of it +is from the pen of a native writer in the last century:-- + +[Illustration] + +"Yantac thun yetel paiche tu pachob, he hunppel thune hunppel bin haabe, +uaix cappele cappel bin haabe, uaix oxppel thuun, ua canppel thuune, +canppel binbe, uaix oxppel thuun baixan; he paichee yan yokol xane, ua +hunppel paichee, hoppel haab bin; ua cappel paichee lahunppiz bin; uaix +hunppel paichee yan yokol xane, ua yan hunppel thuune uacppel bin be; +uaix cappel thuune yan yokol paichee uucppel bin be; ua oxppel thuun yan +yokole, uaxppel binbe; uaixcanppel thun yan yokole paichee (bolonppel +binbe); yanix thun yokol (cappel) paichee buluc piz; uaix cappel thune +lahcapiz; ua oxppel thuun, oxlahunpiz." + +"They (our ancestors) used (for numerals in their calendars) dots and +lines back of them; one dot for one year, two dots for two years, three +dots for three, four dots for four, and so on; in addition to these they +used a line; one line meant five years, two lines ten years; if one line +and above it one dot, six years; if two dots above the line, seven +years; if three dots above, eight; if four dots above the line, nine; a +dot above two lines, eleven; if two dots, twelve; if three dots, +thirteen."[48-1] + +The plan of using the numerals in Maya differs somewhat from that in +English. + +In the first place, they are rarely named without the addition of a +_numeral particle_, which is suffixed. These particles indicate the +character or class of the objects which are, or are about to be, +enumerated. When they are uttered, the hearer at once knows what kind of +objects are to be spoken of. Many of them can be traced to a meaning +which has a definite application to a class, and they have analogues in +European tongues. Thus I may say "seven head of"--and the hearer knows +that I am going to speak of cattle, or sheep, or cabbages, or similar +objects usually counted by heads. So in Maya _ac_ means a turtle or a +turtle shell; hence it is used as a particle in counting canoes, houses, +stools, vases, pits, caves, altars, and troughs, and some general +appropriateness can be seen; but when it is applied also to cornfields, +the analogy seems remote. + +Of these numeral particles, not less than _seventy-six_ are given by +Beltran, in his Grammar, and he does not exhaust the list. Of these +_piz_ and _pel_, both of which mean, single, singly, are used in +counting years, and will frequently recur in the annals I present in +this volume. + +By their aid another method of numeration was in vogue for counting +time. For "eighty-one years," they did not say _hutuyokal haab_, but +_can kal haab catac hunpel haab_, literally, "four score years and one +year." The copulative _catac_ is also used in adding a smaller number to +a _bak_, or 400, as for 450, _hun bak catac lahuyoxkal_, "one _bak_ and +ten toward the third score." _Catac_ is a compound of _ca tac_, _ca_ +meaning "then" or "and," and _tac_, which Dr. Berendt considered to be +an irregular future of _talel_, to come, "then will come fifty," but +which may be the imperative of _tac_ (_tacah_, _tace_, third +conjugation), which means to put something under another, as in the +phrase _tac ex che yalan cum_, put you wood under the pot. + +It will be seen that the latter method is by addition, the former by +subtraction. Another variety of the latter is found in the annals. For +instance, "ninety-nine years" is not expressed by _bolonlahutuyokal +haab_, nor yet by _cankal haab catac bolonlahunpel haab_, but by _hunpel +haab minan ti hokal haab_, "one single year lacking from five score +years." + + +Sec. 7. _The Calendar._ + +The system of computing time adopted by the Mayas is a subject too +extensive to be treated here in detail, but it is indispensable, for the +proper understanding of their annals, that the outlines of their +chronological scheme be explained. + +The year, _haab_, was intended to begin on the day of the transit of the +sun by the zenith, and was counted from July 16th. It was divided into +eighteen months, _u_ (_u_, month, moon), of twenty days, _kin_ (sun, +day, time), each. The days were divided into groups of five, as +follows:-- + + 1. _Kan._ 6. _Muluc._ 11. _Ix._ 16. _Cauac._ + 2. Chicchan. 7. Oc. 12. Men. 17. Ahau. + 3. Cimi. 8. Chuen. 13. Cib. 18. Imix. + 4. Manik. 9. Eb. 14. Caban. 19. Ik. + 5. Lamat. 10. Ben. 15. E[c]nab. 20. Akbal. + +The months, in their order, were:-- + + 1. Pop. + 2. Uo. + 3. Zip. + 4. Zo[c]. + 5. Zeec. + 6. Xul. + 7. [C]e-yaxkin. + 8. Mol. + 9. Chen. + 10. Yaax. + 11. Zac. + 12. Ceh. + 13. Mac. + 14. Kankin. + 15. Moan. + 16. Pax. + 17. Kayab. + 18. Cumku. + +As the Maya year was of 365 days, and as 18 months of 20 days each +counted only 360 days, there were five days intervening between the last +of the month Cumku and the first day of the following year. These were +called "days without names," _xma kaba kin_ (_xma_, without, _kaba_, +names, _kin_, days), an expression not quite correct, as they were named +in regular order, only they were not counted in any month. + +It will be seen, by glancing at the list of days, that this arrangement +brought at the beginning of each year, the days Kan, Muluc, Ix and Cauac +in turn, and that no other days could begin the year. These days were +therefore called _cuch haab_, "the bearers of the years" (_cuch_, to +bear, carry, _haab_, year), and years were distinguished as "a year +Kan," "a year Muluc," etc., as they began with one or another of these +"year bearers." + +But the calendar was not so simple as this. The days were not counted +from one to twenty, and then beginning at one again, and so on, but by +periods of 13 days each. Thus, in the first month, beginning with 1 Kan, +the 14th day of that month begins a new "week," as it has been called, +and is named 1 Caban. Twenty-eight of these weeks make 364 days, thus +leaving one day to complete the year. When the number of these odd days +amounted to 13, in other words when thirteen years had elapsed, this +formed a period which was called "the _katun_ of days," _kin katun_, and +by Spanish writers an "indiction." + +It will be readily observed by an inspection of the following table, +that four of these indictions, in other words 52 years, will elapse +before a "year bearer" of the same name and number recommences a year. + + ___________________________________________________________ + _1st year._ | _14th year._ | _27th year._ | _40th year_[TN-5] + ----------------------------------------------------------- + 1 | Kan | Muluc | Ix | Cauac + 2 | Muluc | Ix | Cauac | Kan + 3 | Ix | Cauac | Kan | Muluc + 4 | Cauac | Kan | Muluc | Ix + 5 | Kan | Muluc | Ix | Cauac + 6 | Muluc | Ix | Cauac | Kan + 7 | Ix | Cauac | Kan | Muluc + 8 | Cauac | Kan | Muluc | Ix + 9 | Kan | Muluc | Ix | Cauac + 10 | Muluc | Ix | Cauac | Kan + 11 | Ix | Cauac | Kan | Muluc + 12 | Cauac | Kan | Muluc | Ix + 13 | Kan | Muluc | Ix | Cauac. + ----------------------------------------------------------- + +A cycle of 52 years was thus obtained in a manner almost identical with +that of the Aztecs, Tarascos and other nations. + +But the Mayas took an important step in advance of all their +contemporaries in arranging a much longer cycle. + +This long cycle was an application of the vigesimal system to their +reckoning of time. Twenty days were a month, _u_ or _uinal_; twenty +years was a cycle, _katun_. To ask one's age the question was put +_haypel u katunil_? How many katuns have you? And the answer was, +_hunpel katun_, one katun (twenty years), or, _hopel in katunil_, I am +five katuns, or a hundred years old, as the case might be. + +The division of the katuns was on the principle of the Beltran system of +numeration (see page 40), as, + + _xel u ca katun_, thirty years. + _xel u yox katun_, fifty years. + +Literally these expressions are, "dividing the second katun," "dividing +the third katun," _xel_ meaning to cut in pieces, to divide as with a +knife. They may be compared to the German _dritthalb_, two and a half, +or "the third a half."[54-1] + +The Katun of 20 years was divided into five lesser divisions of 4 years +each, called _tzuc_, a word with a signification something like the +English "bunch," and which came to be used as a numeral particle in +counting parts, divisions, paragraphs, reasons, groups of towns, +etc.[54-2] + +These _tzuc_ were called by the Spaniards _lustros_, from the Latin +_lustrum_, although that was a period _five_ years. Cogolludo says: +"They counted their eras and ages, which they entered in their books, by +periods of 20 years each, and by _lustros_ of four years each. The first +year they placed in the East [that is, on the Katun-wheel, and in the +figures in their books], calling it _cuch haab_; the second in the West, +called _Hijx_; the third in the South, _Cavac_; and the fourth, Muluc, +in the North, and this served them for the Dominical letter. When five +of the _lustros_ had passed, that is 20 years, they called it a _Katun_, +and they placed one carved stone upon another, cemented with lime and +sand, in the walls of their temples, or in the houses of their +priests."[55-1] + +The historian is wrong in saying that the first year was called +_cuchhaab_; that was the name applied to all the Dominical days, and as +I have said, means "year bearer." The first year was called _Kan_, from +the first day of its first month. + +This is but one of many illustrations of how cautious we must be in +accepting any statement of the early Spanish writers about the usages of +the natives. + +There is, however, some obscurity about the length of the _Katun_. All +the older Spanish writers, without exception, and most of the native +manuscripts, speak of it distinctly as a period of twenty years. Yet +there are three manuscripts of high authority in the Maya which state +that it embraced twenty-four years, although the last four were not +reckoned. This theory was adopted and warmly advocated by Pio Perez, in +his essay on the ancient chronology of Yucatan, and is also borne out by +calculations which have been made on the hieroglyphic Codex Troano, by +M. Delaporte, in France, and Professor Cyrus Thomas, in the United +States.[56-1] + +This discrepancy may arise from the custom of counting the katuns by two +different systems, ground for which supposition is furnished by various +manuscripts; but for purposes of chronology and ordinary life, it will +be evident that the writers of the annals in the present volume adopted +the Katun of twenty years' length; while on the other hand the native +Pech, in his History of the Conquest, which is the last piece in the +volume, gives for the beginning and the end of the Katun the years +1517-1541, and therefore must have had in mind one of twenty-four years' +duration. The solution of these contradictions is not yet at hand. + +This great cycle of 13 x 20=260 years was called an _ahau Katun_ +collectively, and each period in it bore the same name. + +This name, _ahau Katun_, deserves careful analysis. _Ahau_ is the +ordinary word for chief, king, ruler. It is probably a compound of _ah_, +which is the male prefix and sign of the _nomen agentis_, and _u_, +collar, a collar of gold or other precious substance, distinguishing the +chiefs. _Katun_ has been variously analyzed. Don Pio Perez supposed it +was a compound of _kat_, to ask, and _tun_, a stone, because at the +close of these periods they set up the sculptured stone, which was +afterwards referred to in order to fix the dates of occurrences.[57-1] +This, however, would certainly require that _kat_ be in the passive, +_katal_ or _kataan_, and would give _katantun_. Beltran in his Grammar +treats the word as an adjective, meaning very long, perpetual.[57-2] But +this is a later, secondary sense. Its usual signification is a body or +batallion[TN-7] of warriors engaged in action. As a verb, it is to +fight, to give battle, and thus seems related to the Cakchiquel _[k]at_, +to cut, or wound, to make prisoner.[58-1] The series of years, ordered +and arranged under a controlling day and date, were like a row of +soldiers commanded by a chief, and hence the name _ahau katun_. + +Each of these _ahaus_ or chiefs of the Katuns was represented in the +native calendars by the picture or portrait of a particular personage +who in some way was identified with the Katun, and his name was given to +it. This has not been dwelt upon nor even mentioned by previous writers +on the subject, but I have copies of various native manuscripts which +illustrate it, and give the names of each of the rulers of the Katuns. + +The thirteen _ahau katuns_ were not numbered from 1 upward, but +beginning at the 13th, by the alternate numbers, in the following +order:-- + + 13, 11, 9, 7, 5, 3, 1, 12, 10, 8, 6, 4, 2 + +Various reasons have been assigned for this arrangement. It would be +foreign to my purpose to discuss them here, and I shall merely quote the +following, from a paper I wrote on the subject, printed in the _American +Naturalist_, Sept., 1881:-- + + "Gallatin explained them as the numerical characters of the days + "Ahau" following the first day of each year called Cauac; Dr. + Valentini thinks they refer to the numbers of the various idols + worshiped in the different Ahaus; Professor Thomas that they are + the number of the year (in the indiction of 52 years) on which the + Ahau begins. Each of these statements is true in itself, but each + fails to show any practical use of the series; and of the last + mentioned it is to be observed that the objection applies to it + that at the commencement of an Ahau Katun the numbers would run 1, + 12, 10, 8, etc., whereas we know positively that the numbers of the + Ahaus began with 13 and continued 11, 9, 7, 5, etc. + + "The explanation which I offer is that the number of the Ahau was + taken from the last day Cauac preceding the Kan with which the + first year of each Ahau began--for, as 24 is divisible by 4, the + first year of each Ahau necessarily began with the day Kan. This + number was the "ruling number" of the Ahau, and not for any + mystical or ceremonial purpose, but for the practical one of at + once and easily converting any year designated in the Ahau into its + equivalent in the current Kin Katun, or 52 year cycle. All that is + necessary to do this is, to _add the number of the year in the Ahau + to the number of the year Cauac corresponding to this "ruling + number." When the sum exceeds 52, subtract that number._ + + "Take an example: To what year in the Kin Katun does 10 Ahau XI + (the 10th year of the 11th Ahau) correspond? + + "On referring to a table, or, as the Mayas did, to a 'Katun wheel,' + we find the 11th Cauac to be the 24th year of the cycle; add ten to + this and we have 34 as the number of the year in the cycle to which + 10 Ahau XI corresponds. The great simplicity and convenience of + this will be evident without further discussion." + +The important question remains, how closely, by these cycles, did the +Mayas approximate to preserving the exact date of an event? + +To answer this fairly, we should be sure that we have a perfectly +authentic translation of their hieroglyphic annals. It is doubtful that +we have. Those I present in this volume are the most perfect, so far as +I know, but they certainly do not agree among themselves. Can their +discrepancies be explained? I think they can in a measure (1) by the +differing length of the katuns, (2) by the era assumed as the +commencement of the reckoning. + +It must be remembered that there was apparently no common era adopted by +the Mayas; each province may have selected its own; and it is quite +erroneous to condemn the annals off-hand for inaccuracy because they +conflict between themselves. + + +Sec. 8. _Ancient Hieroglyphic Books._ + +The Mayas were a literary people. They made frequent use of tablets, +wrote many books, and covered the walls of their buildings with +hieroglyphic signs, cut in the stones or painted upon the plaster. + +The explanation of these signs is one of the leading problems in +American archaeology. It was supposed to have been solved when the +manuscript of Bishop Landa's account of Yucatan was discovered, some +twenty years ago, in Madrid. The Bishop gave what he called "an A, B, +C," of the language, but which, when applied to the extant manuscripts +and the mural inscriptions, proved entirely insufficient to decipher +them. + +The disappointment of the antiquaries was great, and by one of them, Dr. +Felipe Valentini, Landa's alphabet has been denounced as "a Spanish +fabrication."[61-1] But certainly any one acquainted with the history of +the Latin alphabet, how it required the labor of thousands of years and +the demands of three wholly different families of languages, to bring it +to its perfection, should not have looked to find among the Mayas, or +anywhere else, a parallel production of human intelligence. Moreover, +rightly understood, Landa does not intimate anything of the kind. He +distinctly states that what he gives are the sounds of the Spanish +letters as they would be transcribed in Maya characters; not at all that +they analyzed the sounds of their words and expressed the phonetic +elements in these characters. On the contrary, he takes care to affirm +that they could not do this, and gives an example in point.[62-1] Dr. +Valentini, therefore, was attacking a windmill, and entirely +misconstrued the Bishop's statements. + +I shall not, in this connection, enter into a discussion of the nature +of these hieroglyphics. It is enough for my purpose to say that they +were recognized by the earliest Spanish explorers as quite different +from those of Mexico, and as the only graphic system on the continent, +so far as they knew it, which merited the name of writing.[62-2] + +The word for book in Maya is _huun_, a monosyllable which reappears in +the Kiche _vuh_ and the Huasteca _uuh_. In Maya this initial _h_ is +almost silent and is occasionally dropped, as _yuunil Dios_, the book of +God (syncopated form of _u huunil Dios_, the suffix _il_ being the +"determinative" ending). I am inclined to believe that _huun_ is merely +a form of _uoohan_, something written, this being the passive participle +of _uooh_, to write, which, as a noun, also means a character, a +letter.[63-1] + +Another name for their books, especially those containing the prophecies +and forecasts of the priestly diviners, is said to have been _anahte_; +or _analte_. This word is not to be found in any of the early +dictionaries. The usual authority for it is Villagutierre Sotomayor, who +describes these volumes as they were seen among the Itzas of Lake Peten, +about 1690.[64-1] + +These books consisted of one long sheet of a kind of paper made by +macerating and beating together the leaves of the maguey, and afterwards +sizing the surface with a durable white varnish. The sheet was folded +like a screen, forming pages about 9 x 5 inches. Both sides were covered +with figures and characters painted in various brilliant colors. On the +outer pages boards were fastened, for protection, so that the completed +volume had the appearance of a bound book of large octavo size. + +Instead of this paper, parchment was sometimes used. This was made from +deerskins, thoroughly cured and also smoked, so that they should be less +liable to the attacks of insects. A very durable substance was thus +obtained, which would resist most agents of destruction, even in a +tropical climate. Twenty-seven rolls of such parchment, covered with +hieroglyphics, were among the articles burned by Bishop Landa, at Mani, +in 1562, in a general destruction of everything which related to the +ancient life of the nation. He himself says that he burned all that he +could lay his hands upon, to the great distress of the natives.[65-1] + +A very few escaped the destructive bigotry of the Spanish priests. So +far as known these are.-- + +1. The Codex Tro, or Troano, in Madrid, published by the French +government, in 1869. + +2. What is believed to be the second part of the Codex Troano, now +(1882) in process of publication in Paris. + +3. The Codex Peresianus, in the National Library, Paris, a very limited +edition of which has been issued. + +4. The Dresden Codex, in Kingsborough's Mexico, and photographed in +colors, to the number of 50 copies, in 1880, which is believed to +contain fragments of two different manuscripts. + +To these are, perhaps, to be added one other in Europe and two in +Mexico, which are in private hands, and are alleged to be of the same +character. + +All the above are distinctly in characters which were peculiar to the +Mayas, and which are clearly variants of those found on the sculptured +beams and slabs of Uxmal, Chichen Itza, Palenque and Copan. + +It is possible that many other manuscripts may be discovered in time, +for Landa tells us that it was the custom to bury with the priests the +books which they had written. As their tombs were at times of solid +stones, firmly cemented together, and well calculated to resist the +moisture and other elements of destruction for centuries, it is nowise +unlikely that explorations in Yucatan will bring to light some of these +hidden documents. + +The contents of these books, so far as we can judge from the hints in +the early writers, related chiefly to the ritual and calendar, to their +history or Katuns, to astrological predictions and divinations, to their +mythology, and to their system of healing disease. + + +Sec. 9. _Modern Maya Manuscripts._ + +As I have said, the Mayas were naturally a literary people. Had they +been offered the slightest chance for the cultivation of their +intellects they would have become a nation of readers and writers. +Striking testimony to this effect is offered by Doctor Don Augustin de +Echano, Prebend of the Cathedral Church of Merida, about the middle of +the last century. He observes that twelve years of experience among the +Indians had taught him that they were very desirous of knowledge, and +that as soon as they learned to read, they eagerly perused everything +they could lay their hands on; and as they had nothing in their tongue +but some old writings that treated of sorceries and quackeries, the +worthy Prebend thought it an excellent idea that they should be +supplied, in place of these, with some ---- _sermons_![67-1] But what +else could be expected of a body of men who crushed out with equal +bigotry every spark of mental independence in their own country? + +The "old writings" to which the Prebend alludes were composed by natives +who had learned to write the Maya in the alphabet adopted by the early +missionaries and conquerors. An official document in Maya, still extant, +dates from 1542, and from that time on there were natives who wrote +their tongue with fluency. But their favorite compositions were works +similar to those to which their forefathers had been partial, +prophecies, chronicles and medical treatises. + +Relying on their memories, and no doubt aided by some of the ancient +hieroglyphical manuscripts, carefully secreted from the vandalism of the +monks, they wrote out what they could recollect of their national +literature. + +There were at one time a large number of these records. They are +referred to by Cogolludo, Sanchez Aguilar and other early historians. +Probably nearly every village had one, which in time became to be +regarded with superstitious veneration. + +Wherever written, each of these books bore the same name; it was always +referred to as "The Book of Chilan Balam." To distinguish them apart, +the name of the village where one was composed was added. Thus we have +still preserved to us, in whole or in fragments, the Book of Chilan +Balam of Chumayel, of Kaua, of Nabula, etc., in all, it is said, about +sixteen. + +"Chilan Balam" was the designation of a class of priests. "Chilan," says +Bishop Landa, "was the name of their priests, whose duty it was to teach +the sciences, to appoint holy days, to treat the sick, to offer +sacrifices, and especially to utter the oracles of the gods. They were +so highly honored by the people that usually they were carried on +litters on the shoulders of the devotees."[69-1] Strictly speaking, in +Maya, _chilan_ means "interpreter," "mouth-piece," from "_chij_," "the +mouth," and in this ordinary sense frequently occurs in other writings. +The word _balam_--literally, "tiger,"--was also applied to a class of +priests, and is still in use among the natives of Yucatan as the +designation of the protective spirits of fields and towns, as I have +shown at length in a study of the word as it occurs in the native myths +of Guatemala.[70-1] "_Chilan Balam_," therefore, is not a proper name, +but a title, and in ancient times designated the priest who announced +the will of the gods and explained the sacred oracles. This accounts for +the universality of the name and the sacredness of its associations. + +The dates of the books which have come down to us are various. One of +them, "The Book of Chilan Balam of Mani," was undoubtedly composed not +later than 1595, as is proved by internal evidence. Various passages in +the works of Landa, Lizana, Sanchez Aguilar and Cogolludo--all early +historians of Yucatan--prove that many of these native manuscripts +existed in the sixteenth century. Several rescripts date from the +seventeenth century--most from the latter half of the eighteenth. + +The names of the writers are generally not given, probably because the +books, as we have them, are all copies of older manuscripts, with merely +the occasional addition of current items of note by the copyist; as, for +instance, a malignant epidemic which prevailed in the peninsula in 1673 +is mentioned as a present occurrence by the copyist of "The Book of +Chilan Balam of Nabula." + +These "Books of Chilan Balam" are the principal sources from which Senor +Pio Perez derived his knowledge of the ancient Maya system of computing +time, and also drew what he published concerning the history of the +Mayas before the Conquest, and from them also are taken the various +chronicles which I present in the present volume. + +That I am enabled to do so is due to the untiring researches of Dr. Carl +Hermann Berendt, who visited Yucatan four times, in order to study the +native language, to examine the antiquities of the peninsula, and to +take accurate copies, often in fac-simile, of as many ancient +manuscripts as he could discover. After his death, his collection came +into my hands. + +The task of deciphering these manuscripts is by no means a light one, +and I must ask in advance for considerable indulgence for my attempt. +Words and phrases are used which are not explained in the dictionaries, +or, if explained, are used in a different sense from that now current. +The orthography is far from uniform, each syllable is often written +separately, and as the punctuation is wholly fanciful or entirely +absent, the separation of words, sentences and paragraphs is often +uncertain and the meaning obscure. + +Another class of documents are the titles to the municipal lands, the +records of surveys, etc. I have copies of several of these, and among +them was found the history of the Conquest, by Nakuk Pech, which I +publish. It was added to the survey of his town, as a general statement +of his rights and defence of the standing of his family. + +My translations are not in flowing and elegant language. Had they been +so, they would not have represented the originals. For the sake of +accuracy I have not hesitated to sacrifice the requirements of English +composition. + + +Sec. 10. _Grammars and Dictionaries of the Language._ + +The learned Yucatecan, Canon Crescencio Carillo y Ancona, states in his +last work that there have been written thirteen grammars and seventeen +dictionaries of the Maya.[72-1] + +The first grammar printed was that of Father Luis de Villalpando. This +early missionary died in 1551 or 1552, and his work was not issued until +some years later. Father Juan Coronel also gave a short Maya grammar to +the press, together with a _Doctrina_. It is believed that copies of +both of these are preserved. Beltran, however, acknowledges that in +preparing his own grammar he has never seen either of these earlier +works.[73-1] + +In 1684, the _Arte de la Lengua Maya_, composed by Father Gabriel de San +Buenaventura, a French Franciscan stationed in Yucatan, was printed in +Mexico.[73-2] Only a few copies of this work are known. It has, however, +been reprinted, though not with a desirable fidelity, by the Abbe +Brasseur (de Bourbourg), in the second volume of the reports of the +_Mission Scientifique au Mexique et a l'Amerique Centrale_, Paris, 1870. + +The leading authority on Maya grammar is Father Pedro Beltran, who was a +native of Yucatan, and instructor in the Maya language in the convent of +Merida about 1740. He was thoroughly conversant with the native tongue, +and his _Arte_ was reprinted in Merida, in 1859, as the best work of the +kind which had been produced.[74-1] + +The eminent antiquary, Don Juan Pio Perez contemplated writing a Maya +grammar, and collected a number of notes for that purpose,[74-2] as did +also the late Dr. Berendt, but neither brought his work to any degree of +completeness. I have copies of the notes left by both these diligent +students, as also both editions of Beltran, and an accurate MS. copy of +Buenaventura, from all of which I have derived assistance in completing +the present study. + +The first Maya dictionary printed was issued in the City of Mexico in +1571. It was published as that of Father Luis de Villalpando, but as he +had then been dead nearly twenty years, it was probably merely based +upon his vocabulary. It was in large 4to, of the same size as the second +edition of Molina's _Vocabulario de la Lengua Mexicana_. At least one +copy of it is known to be in existence. + +For more than three centuries no other dictionary was put to press, +although for some unexplained reason that of Villalpando was unknown in +Yucatan. At length, in 1877, the publication was completed at Merida, of +the _Diccionario de la Lengua Maya_, by Don Juan Pio Perez.[75-1] It +contains about 20,000 words, and is Maya-Spanish only. It is the result +of a conscientious and lifelong study of the language, and a work of +great merit. The deficiencies it presents are, that it does not give the +principal parts of the verbs, that it omits or does not explain +correctly many old terms in the language, and that it gives very few +examples of idioms or phrases showing the uses of words and the +construction of sentences. + +I can say little in praise of the _Vocabulaire Maya-Francais-Espagnole_, +compiled by the Abbe Brasseur (de Bourbourg), and printed in the second +volume of the Report of the _Mission Scientifique au Mexique et a +l'Amerique Centrale_. It contains about ten thousand words, but many of +these are drawn from doubtful sources, and are incorrectly given; while +the derivations and analogies proposed are of a character unknown to the +science of language. + +Besides the above and various vocabularies of minor interest, I have +made use of three manuscript dictionaries of the first importance, which +were obtained by the late Dr. Berendt. They belonged to three Franciscan +convents which formerly existed in Yucatan, and as they are all +anonymous, I shall follow Dr. Berendt's example, and refer to them by +the names of the convents to which they belonged. These were the convent +of San Francisco in Merida, that at the town of Ticul and that at Motul. + +The most recent of these is that of the convent of Ticul. It bears the +date 1690, and is in two parts, Spanish-Maya and Maya-Spanish. + +The _Diccionario del Convento de San Francisco de Merida_ bears no date, +but in the opinion of the most competent scholars who have examined it, +among them Senor Pio Perez, it is older than that of Ticul, probably by +half a century. It is also in two parts, which have evidently been +prepared, by different hands. + +_The Diccionario del Convento de Motul_ is by far the most valuable of +the three, and has not been known to Yucatecan scholars. A copy of it +was picked up on a book stall in the City of Mexico by the Abbe +Brasseur, and sold by him to Mr. John Carter Brown, of Providence, R. I. +In 1864 this was very carefully copied by Dr. Berendt, who also made +extensive additions to it from other sources, indicating such by the use +of inks of different colors. This copy, in three large quarto volumes, +in all counting over 2500 pages, is that which I now have, and have +found of indispensable assistance in solving some of the puzzles +presented by the ancient texts in the present volume. + +The particular value of the _Diccionario de Motul_ is not merely the +richness of its vocabulary and its numerous examples of construction, +but that it presents the language as it was when the Spaniards first +arrived. The precise date of its compilation is indeed not given, but +the author speaks of a comet which he saw in 1577, and gives other +evidence that he was writing in the first generation after the Conquest. + + +FOOTNOTES: + +[9-1] "Tambien diz [el Almirante] que supo que ... aquella isla Espanola +o la otra isla Jamaye estaba cerca de tierra firme, diez jornadas de +Canoa que podia ser sesenta a setenta leguas, y que era la gente vestida +alli." Navarrete, _Viages_, Tom. I, pag. 127. + +[10-1] "In questo loco pigliorono una Nave loro carica di mercantia et +merce la quale dicevono veniva da una cierta provintia chiamata MAIAM +vel Iuncatam con molte veste di bambasio de le quale ne erono il forcio +di sede di diversi colori." _Informatione di Bartolomeo Colombo._ It is +thus printed in Harisse, _Bibliotheca Americana Vetustissima_, p. 473; +but in the original MS. in the Magliabechian library the words "vel +Iuncatam" are superscribed over the word "MAIAM," and do not belong to +the text. (Note of Dr. C. H. Berendt.) They are, doubtless, a later +gloss, as the name "Yucatan" cannot be traced to any such early date. +The mention of _silk_ is, of course, a mistake. Peter Martyr also +mentions the name in his account of the fourth voyage: "Ex Guaassa +insula et Taia Maiaque et cerabazano, regionibus Veraguae occidentalibus +scriptum reliquit Colonus, hujus inventi princeps," etc. _Decad._ III, +Lib. IV. + +[10-2] I have collected this evidence, drawing largely from the +manuscript works on the Arawack language left by the Moravian +missionary, the Rev. Theodore Schultz, and published it in a monograph, +entitled: _The Arawack Language of Guiana in its Linguistic and +Ethnological Relations_. (_Transactions of the American Philosophical +Society_, 1871.) There was a province in Cuba named _Maiye_; see Nicolas +Fort y Roldan, _Cuba Indigena_, pp. 112, 167 (Madrid, 1881). According +to Fort, this meant "origin and beginning," in the ancient language of +Cuba; but there is little doubt but that it presents the Arawack +negative prefix _ma_ (which happens to be the same in the Maya) and may +be a form of _majujun_, not wet, dry. + +[12-1] Eligio Ancona, _Historia de Yucatan_, Tom. I, p. 31 (Merida, +1878). + +[12-2] _Diccionario Maya-Espanol del Convento de Motul._ MS. _Sub voce, +ichech._ The manuscript dictionaries which I use will be described in +the last section of this Introduction. The example given is:-- + +"ICHECH; tu eres, en lengua de Campeche; _ichex_, vosotros seis; _in +en_, yo soy; _in on_, nosotros somos. De aqui sale en lengua de Maya, +_tech cech ichech e_, tu que eres por ahi quien quiera," etc. + +[13-1] See Eligio Ancona, _Hist. de Yucatan_, Tom. I, p. 37. + +[13-2] "MAYA (accento en la primera); nombre proprio de esta tierra de +Yucatan." _Diccionario de Motul_, MS. "Una provincia que llamavan de la +_Maya_, de la qual la lengua de Yucatan se llama _Mayathan_." Diego de +Landa, _Relacion de las Cosas de Yucatan_, p. 14. "Esta tierra de +Yucatan, a quien los naturales llaman _Ma'ya_," Cogolludo, _Historia de +Yucatan_, Lib. IV, Cap. III. "El antiguo Reyno de Maya o Mayapan que hoy +se llama Yucatan." Villagutierre, _Historia de el Itza y de el +Lacandon_, p. 25. The numerous MSS. of the Books of Chilan Balam are +also decisive on this point. + +[14-1] _Nombres Geograficos en Lengua Maya_, folio, MS. in my +collection. + +[15-1] Note to Landa, _Rel. de las Cosas de Yucatan_, p. 14. + +[15-2] _Vocabulaire Maya-Francais-Espagnole_, _sub voce_, MAYA. + +[15-3] _Hist. de Yucatan_, p. 37. + +[19-1] A discussion of the items of the census of 1862 may be found in +the work of the Licentiate Apolinar Garcia y Garcia, _Historia de la +Guerra de Castas de Yucatan_, Tomo I, Prologo, pp. lxvii, et seq. +(Merida 1865.) The completion of this meritorious work was unfortunately +prevented by the war. The author was born near Chan [C]enote, Yucatan, +in 1837, and was appointed _Juez de Letras_ at Izamal in 1864. + +[20-1] See, for example, _El Toro de Sinkeuel, Leyenda Hipica_ (Merida, +1856), a political satire, said to be directed against General Ampudia, +by Manuel Garcia. + +[20-2] D. G. Brinton, _The Myths of the New World; a Treatise on the +Symbolism and Mythology of the Red Race of America_, Chap. VI (2d Ed. +New York, 1876). + +[23-1] _Maya-uel_ may be from _maya_ and _ohel_, to know either +intellectually or carnally; or the last syllable may be _uol_, will, +desire, mind. This inventive woman would thus have been named "the Maya +wit" (in the old meaning of the word). + +[23-2] Sahagun, _Historia de la Nueva Espana_, Lib. X, Cap. XXIX, p. 12. + +[24-1] Fray Diego Duran, _Historia de las Indias de Nueva Espana y Islas +de Tierra Firme_, Cap. XIX (Ed. Mexico, 1867). + +[24-2] See _Lettre de Fray Nicolas de Witt_ (should be Witte), 1554, in +Ternaux Compans, _Recueil des Pieces[TN-2] sur le Mexique_, p. 254, 286; +also the report of the "Audiencia" held in Mexico in 1531, in Herrera, +_Historia de las Indias Occidentales_, Dec. IV, Lib. IX, Cap. V. + +[27-1] I mention this particularly in order to correct a grave error in +Landa's _Relacion de las Cosas de Yucatan_, p. 130. He says, "Suelen de +costumbre sembrar para cada casado con su muger medida de cccc pies que +llaman _hun-uinic_, medida con vara de XX pies, XX en ancho y XX en +largo." The agrarian measure _uinic_ or _hun uinic_ (one man) contained +20 _kaan_, each 24 yards (_varas_) square. One _kaan_ was estimated to +yield two loads of corn, and hence the calculation was forty loads of +the staff of life for each family. Landa's statement that a patch 20 +feet square was assigned to a family is absurd on the face of it. + +[28-1] "La lengua castellana es mas dificultosa que la Maya para la +gente adulta, que no la ha mamado con la leche, como lo ha ensenado la +experiencia en los estranjeros de distintas naciones, y en los negros +bozales que se han radicado en esta provincia, que mas facilmente han +aprendido la Maya que la castellana." Apolinar Garcia y Garcia, +_Historia de la Guerra de Castas en Yucatan_. Prologo, p. lxxv. (folio, +Merida, 1865). + +[31-1] Friedrich Mueller, _Grundriss der Sprachwissenschaft_, II Band, s. +309. (Wien, 1882). + +[31-2] Lucien Adam, _Etudes sur six Langues Americaines_, p. 155. +(Paris, 1878). + +[35-1] Gabriel de San Buenaventura, _Arte de la Lengua Maya_, fol. 28 +(Mexico, 1684). + +[40-1] _Memoire sur la numeration dans la langue et dans l'Ecriture +sacree des anciens Mayas_, in the Compte-Rendu of the Congres +International des Americanistes, Vol. II, p. 439 (Paris, 1875). + +[41-1] _Leti u Ebanhelio Hezu Crizto hebix Huan_, London, 1869. This +translation was made by the Rev. A. Henderson and the Rev. Richard +Fletcher, missionaries to the British settlements at Belize. + +[41-2] _Leti u Cilich Evangelio Jesu Christo hebix San Lucas._ Londres, +1865. The first draught of this translation, in the handwriting of +Father Ruz, with numerous corrections by himself, is in the library of +the Canon Crescencio Carrillo at Merida. A copy of it was obtained by +the Rev. John Kingdon of Belize, and printed in London without any +acknowledgment of its origin. It does not appear to me to be accurate. +For instance, chap. X, v. 1, "The Lord appointed other seventy also," +where the Maya has _xan lahcatu cankal_, "seventy-two;" and again chap. +XV, v. 4, the ninety-nine sheep are increased to _bolon lahu uaxackal_, +one hundred and fifty-nine! + +[42-1] _Apuntes para una Gramatica Maya._ Por Don Juan Pio Perez, MSS. +pp. 126, 128. + +[42-2] "Me parece que _tu_ es sincopa de _ti u_." (Note of Dr. Berendt.) +There is no doubt but that Dr. Berendt is correct. + +[43-1] This is not correct. Beltran gives for 45, _hotu yoxkal_, which I +analyze, _ho ti u u ox kal_. + +[44-1] _Apuntes del Diccionario de la Lengua Maya. Por un yucateco +aficionado a la lengua_, 4to, pp. 486, MSS. + +[45-1] "CAL: hartar o emborrachar la fruta." _Diccionario Maya-Espanol +del Convento de San Francisco_, Merida, MS. I have not found this word +in other dictionaries within my reach. + +[46-1] _Calepino en Lengua Cakchiquel por Fray_ Francisco de +Varea,[TN-4] MS. s. v. _chuvi_. This MS. is in the Library of the +American Philosophical Society, Philadelphia. + +[46-2] F. Pantaleon de Guzman, _Compendio de Nombres en Lengua +Cakchiquel_, MS. This MS. is in my collection. + +[48-1] _Codice Perez_, p. 92, MS. This is a series of extracts from +various ancient Maya manuscripts obtained by the late distinguished +Yucatecan antiquary, Don Juan Pio Perez, and named from him by Canon +Crescencio Carrillo and other linguists. A copy of it is in my +collection. It is in quarto, pp. 258. + +[54-1] All the examples in the above paragraph are from the Appendix to +the _Diccionario Maya-Espanol del Convento de San Francisco, Merida_, +MS. It also gives its positive authority to the length of the katuns, as +follows: "Dicese que los Indios contaban los anos a pares (_sic_), y +cuando llegaba uno a veinte anos, entonces decian que tenian _hunpel +katun_, que son veinte anos.'[TN-6] I think the words _a pares_, must be an +error for _a veintenas_; they may mean "in equal series." + +[54-2] The _Diccionario de Motul_ MS. has the following lengthy +entries:-- + +"TZUC: copete o coleta de cabellos; o de crines de caballo, o las barbas +que echa el maiz por arriba estando en la mazorca; y la cabeza que +tienen algunas hachas y martillos en contra del tajo, y la cabeza del +horcon, y las nubes levantadas en alto y que dan que denotan segun dice +tempestad de agua. Partes, enpartimientos. Cuenta para pueblos, para +partes, parrafos i articulos, diferencios y vocablos montones." + +[55-1] _Historia de Yucatan_, Lib. IV, cap. V. + +[56-1] M. Delaporte's calculations are mentioned by Leon de Rosny, +_Essai sur le Dechiffrement de l'Ecriture Hieratique de l'Amerique +Centrale_, p. 25 (Paris, 1876); Professor Thomas' will be found in the +_American Naturalist_, for 1881, and in his _Study of the Codex Troano_, +Washington, 1882. + +[57-1] Pio Perez, _Cronologia Antigua de Yucatan_. Sec. VIII. + +[57-2] "_Katun_, para siempre." Beltran de Santa Rosa, _Arte del Idioma +Maya_, p. 177. + +[58-1] The following extracts from two manuscripts in my hands will +throw further light on this derivation-- + +KATUN: espacio de veinte anos; _hun katun_, 20 anos; _ca katun_, 40 +anos, etc. + +KATUN: batallon de gente, ordenada de guerra y ejercito asi, y soldados +cuando actualmente andan en la guerra. + +KATUN (TAH, TE): guerrear, hacer guerra, o dar guerra. + +KATUNBEN: el que tiene tantas venteinas de anos, segun el numeral que se +le junta, _hay katunben ech?_ cuantas venteinas de anos tienes tu? _ca +katunben en_, tengo dos venteinas. + +DICCIONARIO DE MOTUL, MS., 1590. + +CAT (he): generalmente sig^a cortar algo con acha, cuchillo o hiera; +detener algo que se huya, atajarlo, etc. + +Varea, _Calepino en Lengva[TN-8] Cakchiquel_, MS., 1699. + +[61-1] _Proceedings of the American Antiquarian Society_, 1880. + +[62-1] The example he gives is the word _le_, which he says "para +escrivirle con sus caracteres _habiendoles nosotros hecho entender_ que +son dos letras, lo escrivian ellos con tres," etc., thus plainly saying +that they did not analyze the word to its phonetic radicals in their +system. _Relacion de las Cosas de Yucatan_, p. 318. + +[62-2] Las Casas says, with great positiveness, that they found in +Yucatan "letreros de ciertos caracteres que en otra ninguna parte." +_Historia Apologetica_, cap. CXXIII. I also add an interesting +description of their books and letters, furnished by the companions of +Father Alonso Ponce, the Pope's Commissary-General, who traveled through +Yucatan in 1586, when many natives were still living who had been born +before the Conquest (1541). Father Ponce had traveled through Mexico, +and, of course, had learned about the Aztec picture-writing, which he +distinctly contrasts with the writing of the Mayas. Of the latter he +says: "Son alabados de tres cosas entre todos los demas de la Nueva +Espana, la una de que en su antiguedad tenian caracteres y letras, con +que escribian sus historias y las ceremonias y orden de los sacrificios +de sus idolos y su calendario, en libros hechos de corteza de cierto +arbol, los cuales eran unas tiras muy largas de quarta o tercia en +ancho, que se doblaban y recogian, y venia a queder a manera de un libro +encuardenada en cuartilla, poco mas, o menos. Estas letras y caracteres +no las entendian, sino los sacerdotes de los idolos, (que en aquella +lengua se llaman 'ahkines'), y algun indio principal. Despues las +entendieron y supieron leer algunos frailes nuestros y aun las +escribien." (_Relacion Breve y Verdadera de Algunas Cosas de las Muchas +que Sucedieron al Padre Fray Alonso Ponce, Comisario-General en las +Provincias de la Nueva Espana_, page 392). I know no other author who +makes the interesting statement that these characters were actually used +by missionaries to impart instruction to the natives. + +[63-1] "_uooh_; caracter o letra. _uooh_ (tah, te) escribir. _uoohan_, +cosa que esta escrita." _Diccionario de Motul_, MS. + +[64-1] His words are: "Y satisfaciendoles por la quenta senalada, que +ellos mismos tenian, de que vsavan, para ajustar sus antiguas Profezias, +y los Tiempos de su cumplimiento, que eran vnos Caracteres y Figuras +pintadas en vnas cortezas de Arboles, como de una quarta de largo cada +hoja, o tabilla, y del gruesso como de vn real de a ocho, dobladas a vna +parte, y a otra, a manera de Viombo, que ellos llamavan Analtees," etc., +_Historia de la Conquista de la Provincia de el Itza_, Lib. VII. cap I +(Madrid, 1701). Pio Perez spells the word _anahte_, _Diccionario de la +Lengua Maya_, s. v. following a MS. of the last century, given in the +_Codice Perez_. The word _hunilte_, from _huunil_, the "determinative" +form of "_hun_," and _te_, a termination to nouns which specifies or +localizes them (e. g. _amay_, an angle, _amay te_, an angular figure, +etc)., would offer a plausible derivation for _analte_. + +[65-1] "Se les quemamos todos lo qual a maravilla sentian y les dava +pena." _Relacion de las Cosas de Yucatan_, p. 316. + +[67-1] "La experiencia de manejar tan incessantemente a los Indios en +cerca de doce anos que los servi, me enseno, que el motivo de estar +todavia muchos tan pegados a sus antiguedades, era porque siendo los +naturales muy curiosos, y aplicandose a saber leer: los que esto logran, +quanto papel tienen a mano, tanto leen: y no aviendo entre ella, mas +tratados en su idioma, que los que sus antepasados escribieron, cuya +materia es solo de sus hechicerias, encantos, y curaciones con muchos +abusos, y ensalmos; ya se ve que en estos bebian insensiblemente el +tosigo para vomitar despues su malicia en otros muchos." _Aprobacion del +Doctor D. Augustin de Echano_, etc., to Dr. Don Francisco Eugenio +Dominguez, _Platicas de los Principales Mysterios de Nvestra[TN-9] S^ta +Fee, hechas en el Idioma Yucateco_. Mexico, 1758. This extremely rare +work is highly prized for the purity and elegance of the Maya employed +by the author. + +[69-1] _Relacion de las Cosas de Yucatan_, page 160. + +[70-1] _The Names of the Gods in the Kiche Myths of Central America. +Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society_, Vol. XIX, 1881. The +terminal letter in both these words--"_chilan_," "_balam_,"--may be +either "_n_" or "_m_," the change being one of dialect and local +pronunciation. I have followed the older authorities in writing "_Chilan +Balam_," the modern preferring "_Chilam Balam_." + +[72-1] _Historia Antigua de Yucatan, p. 123_ (Merida, 1882). + +[73-1] _Arte del Idioma Maya_, p. 242 (2d ed). + +[73-2] _Arte de la Lengua Maya_, compuesto por el R. P. Fr. Gabriel de +San Buenaventura Predicador y difinidor habitual de la Provincia de San +Joseph de Yucathan del Orden de N. P. S. Francisco. Ano de 1684. Con +licencia; En Mexico, por la Viuda de Bernardo Calderon, 4to. pag. 1-4, +leaves 5-41. + +[74-1] _Arte del Idioma Maya reducido a succintas reglas, y semilexicon +Yucateco_ por el R. P. F. Pedro Beltran de Santa Rosa Maria. En Mexico +por la Viuda de D. Joseph Bernardo de Hogal. Ano de 1746. 8vo, pp. 8, +1-188. Segunda edicion, Merida de Yucatan, Imprenta de J. D. Espinosa. +Julio, 1859. 8vo, 9 leaves, pp. 242. + +[74-2] _Apuntes para una Gramatica Maya._ Por Don Juan Pio Perez, pp. +45-136. _MSS._ + +[75-1] _Diccionario de la Lengua Maya_, por D. Juan Pio Perez. Merida de +Yucatan. Imprenta literaria, de Juan F. Molina Solis, 1866-1877. Large +8vo, two cols. pp. i-xx, 1-437. + + + + +THE CHRONICLES. + + I. THE SERIES OF THE KATUNS. + _From the Book of Chilan Balam of Mani._ + + II. THE SERIES OF THE KATUNS. + _From the Book of Chilan Balam of Tizimin._ + + III. THE RECORD OF THE COUNT OF THE KATUNS. + _From the Book of Chilan Balam of Chumayel._ + + IV. THE MAYA KATUNS. + _From the Book of Chilan Balam of Chumayel._ + + V. THE CHIEF KATUNS. + _From the Book of Chilan Balam of Chumayel._ + + + + +THE CHRONICLES. + + +The chronicles and fragments of chronicles which I have collected here +are all taken from the various "Books of Chilan Balam." They constitute +about all that remains to us, so far as I know, of the ancient history +of the peninsula. There are, indeed, in other portions of these "Books" +references to historical events before the Conquest, but no other +consecutive narrations of them. + +Except the one given first, none of these has ever been printed, nor +even translated from the Maya into any European language. Whether they +corroborate or contradict one another, it is equally important for +American archaeology to have them preserved and presented in their +original form. + +It does not come within my present purpose to try to reconcile the +discrepancies between them. I am furnishing materials for history, not +writing it, and my chief duty is to observe accuracy, even at the risk +of depreciating the value of the documents I offer. + +I have, therefore, followed strictly the manuscripts which I possess in +fac-similes of the originals, and when I believe the text is corrupt or +in error, I have suggested apart from the text what I suppose to be the +needed correction to the passage. + +In the notes I have also discussed such grammatical or historical +questions as have occurred to me as of use in elucidating the text. + +There will be found considerable repetition in these different versions, +as must necessarily be from their character, if they have a claim to be +authentic records; but it is also fair to add that details will be found +in each which are omitted in the others, and hence, that all are +valuable. + +This similarity may be explained by two suppositions; either they are +copies from a common original, or they present the facts they narrate in +general formulae which had been widely adopted by the priests for +committing to memory their ancient history. The differences which we +find in them preclude the former hypothesis except as it may apply to +the first two. The similarities in the others I believe are no more than +would occur in relating the same incidents which had been learned +through fixed forms of narration. + +The division into sections I have made for convenience of reference. The +variants I have given at the bottom of the page are readings which I +think are preferable to those in the text, or corrections of manifest +errors; but I have endeavored to give the text, just as it is in the +best MSS. I have, errors and all. + +It is not my purpose to enter into a critical historical analysis of +these chronicles. But a few remarks may be made to facilitate their +examination. + +Making the necessary omissions in No. II, which I point out in the +prefatory note to it, it will be found that all five agree tolerably +well in the length of time they embrace. Nos. III and IV begin at a +later date than the others, but coincide as far as they go. + +The total period of time, from the earliest date given, to the +settlement of the country by the Spaniards, is 71 katuns. If the katun +is estimated at twenty years, this equals 1420 years; if at twenty-four +years, then we have 1704 years. + +All the native writers agree, and I think, in spite of the contrary +statement of Bishop Landa, that we may look upon it as beyond doubt, +that the last day of the 11th katun was July 15th, 1541. Therefore the +one of the above calculations would carry us back to A. D. 121, the +other to B. C. 173. + +The chief possibility of error in the reckoning would be from confusing +the great cycles of 260 (or 312) years, one with another, and assigning +events to different cycles which really happened in the same. This would +increase the number of the cycles, and thus extend the period of time +they appear to cover. This has undoubtedly been done in No. II. + +According to the reckoning as it now stands, six complete great cycles +were counted, and parts of two others, so that the native at the time of +the Conquest would have had eight great cycles to distinguish apart. + +I have not found any clear explanation how this was accomplished. We do +not even know what name was given to this great cycle, nor whether the +calendar was sufficiently perfected to prevent confusion in dates in the +remote past. + +I find, however, two passages in the collection of ancient manuscripts, +which I have before referred to as the _Codice Perez_, which seem to +have a bearing on this point; but as the text is somewhat corrupt and +several of the expressions archaic, I am not certain that I catch the +right meaning. These passages are as follows:-- + + U hi[c]il lahun ahau u [c]ocol hun uu[c] katun, u zut tucaten + oxlahunpiz katun [c]iban tu uichob tu pet katun; la hun uu[c] katun + u kaba ca bin [c]ococ u than lae, u hoppol tucaten; bay hoppci ca + [c]ib lae ca tun culac u yanal katun lae. Cabin [c]ococ uaxac ahau + lae u hoppol tucaten lae. (Page 90.) + + U hi[c]il Lahun Ahau u [c]ocol u nuppul oxlahunpez katun [c]iban u + uichob tu pet tzaton lo hun (_sic_) uu[c] katun u kaba ca bin + [c]ococ u than lae, ca tun culac u yanal katun ca bin [c]ococ uaxac + Ahau lae; hu hoppol tucaten bay hoppci ca [c]ib. (Page 168.) + + +_Translation._ + + At the last of the tenth ahau katun is ended one doubling of the + katun, and the return a second time of thirteen katuns is written + on the face of the katun circle; one doubling of the katuns, as it + is called, will then finish its course, to begin again; and when it + begins, it is written that another katun commences: when the eighth + katun ends it begins again (_i. e._, to count with this eighth as + the first of the next "doubling"). + + At the last of the tenth Ahau Katun is ended the joining together + of thirteen katuns (which is) written on the face of the katun + circle; one doubling of the katuns, as it is called, will then + finish its course, and another katun will begin and will end as the + eighth katun; this begins a second time, as it began (at first) and + was then written. + +In other words, if I do not miss the writer's meaning, the repetitions +of the great cycle of thirteen katuns were not counted from either of +its terminals, to wit, the thirteenth or the second katun, but from the +tenth katun. These repetitions were called _uu[c] katun_, the doubling +or foldings over of the katuns, and they were inscribed on the circle or +wheel of the katuns at that part of it where the tenth katun was +entered. These wheels were called _u pet katun_, the circle of the +katuns, or _u met katun_, the wheel of the katuns, or _u uazaklom +katun_, the return of the katuns. I have several copies of them, and one +is given in Landa's work, but I know of none which is a genuine +original, and, therefore, it is not surprising that I do not find on any +of them the signs referred to adjacent to the tenth katun. + +For the convenience of the reader I have drawn up the following +chronological table of the events referred to in the Chronicles, +arranging them under the Great Cycles and Katuns to which they would +belong were the former numbered according to the regular sequence given +on page 59. I have also inserted the katuns which were omitted by the +native chroniclers, but which, according to that sequence, are necessary +in order to complete their records in accordance with the theory of the +Maya calendar. The references in Roman numerals are to the different +chronicles. + + +SYNOPSIS OF MAYA CHRONOLOGY. + + _Great + Cycle._ _Katun._ + + I. 8 They leave Nonoual (I.) + 6 + 4 + 2 + II. 13 They arrive at Chacnouitan (I.) + 11 + 9 + 7 + 5 + 3 + 1 + 12 + 10 + 8 Chichen Itza heard of (II.) + 6 Bacalar and Chichen Itza discovered (I, II, III.) + 4 Ahmekat Tutulxiu arrives (I?, II.) + 2 + III. 13 _Pop_ first counted (_i. e._ calendar arranged) (II, III.) + 11 Remove to Chichen Itza (I.) + 9 + 7 + 5 + 3 + 1 Abandon Chichen Itza; remove to Champoton (I, II.) + 12 + 10 Abandon Chichen Itza; remove to Champoton (III.) + 8 + 6 Champoton taken (I, II.) + 4 Champoton taken (III.) + 2 + IV. 13 + 11 + 9 + 7 + 5 + 3 + 1 + 12 + 10 + 8 Champoton abandoned (I, II, III.) + 6 The Itzas houseless (I.[TN-10] II, III.) The [TN-11]well + dressed" driven out (IV.) + 4 Return to Chichen Itza (I, II.) + 2 Uxmal founded (I.) The League in Mayapan begins (I.) + V. 13 Mayapan founded (V.) + 11 + 9 + 7 + 5 Chichen Itza destroyed by Kinich Kakmo + (IV.) + 3 + 1 The last of the Itzas leave Chichen Itza (IV.) + 12 + 10 Uxmal founded (II.) + 8 Plot of or against Hunac Ceel (I, II, III.) + Zaclactun Mayapan founded (IV.) + Chakanputun burned (IV.) + 6 War with Ulmil (I.) + 4 The land of Mayapan seized (II, III.) + 2 + VI. 13 + 11 Mayapan attacked by Itzas under Ulmil and depopulated by + foreigners (I.) + 9 + 7 + 5 Naked cannibals came (IV.) + 3 + 1 Tancah Mayapan destroyed (IV.) + 12 + 10 + 8 Mayapan finally destroyed (I, II, III, V.) + 6 The Maya league ended (V.) + 4 The pestilence (II, III, IV.) + 2 Spaniards first seen (I, II.) Smallpox (III.) + VII. 13 Ahpula died (I, II, III.) The pestilence (I.) + 11 Spaniards arrive (I, II, III, IV, V.) Ahpula died (IV.) + + + + +I. THE SERIES OF THE KATUNS. + +_From the Book of Chilan Balam of Mani._ + + +The first chronicle which I present is the only one which has been +heretofore published. On account of its comparative fullness it deserves +especial attention. It is taken from the Book of Chilan Balam of the +town of Mani. + +This town, according to a tradition preserved by Herrera, was founded +after the destruction of Mayapan, and, therefore, not more than seventy +years before the arrival of the Spaniards. Mayapan was destroyed in +consequence of a violent feud between the two powerful families who +jointly ruled there, the Cocoms and the Xius or Tutul Xius. The latter, +having slain all members of the Cocom family to be found in the city, +deserted its site and removed south about fifteen miles, and there +established as their capital a city to which they gave the name Mani, +"which means 'it is past,' as if to say 'let us start anew.'"[89-1] + +At the time of the Conquest the reigning chief of the Tutulxius was +friendly to the Spaniards, and voluntarily submitted to their rule, as +we are informed with much minuteness of detail by the historian +Cogolludo.[90-1] We may reasonably suppose, therefore, that this +chronicle was brought from Mayapan in the "Books of Science," which +Herrera refers to as esteemed their greatest treasure by the chiefs who +broke up their ancient confederation when Mayapan was deserted. Hence +the records ran a better chance of being preserved in this province than +in those which were desolated by war. As I have already said (page 65) a +large number were destroyed precisely at Mani by Bishop Landa, in 1562. + +I find among the memoranda of Dr. Berendt reference to four "Books of +Chilan Balam," of Mani. These dated from 1689, 1697, 1755 and 1761, +respectively, but I have not learned from which of these Pio Perez +extracted the chronicles he gave Mr. John L. Stephens. Dr. Berendt adds +that it was from one which was in possession of a native schoolmaster of +Mani, who, having the surname Balam, claimed to be descended from the +original Chilan Balam![91-1] + +The first publication of the document was in the Appendix to the second +volume of Mr. Stephens' _Incidents of Travel in Yucatan_ (New York, +1843). It included the original Maya text, with a not very accurate +translation into English of Pio Perez's rendering of the Maya. From Mr. +Stephen's volume, the document has been copied into various publications +in Mexico, Yucatan and Europe. + +The other attempt at an independent translation was that of the Abbe +Brasseur (de Bourbourg), published at Paris in 1864, in the same volume +with Landa's _Relacion de las Cosas de Yucatan_. The text he took from +Stephens' book, errors and omissions included, and his translation is +entirely based on the English one, as he evidently did not have access +to the original Spanish of Pio Perez. + +The most important recent study of the subject has been made by Dr. +Valentini, who published the notes of Pio Perez on his translation, and +gave a general re-examination of ancient Maya history, with a great deal +of sagacity and a large acquaintance with the related Spanish +literature.[92-1] He is, however, in error in stating that he was the +first to publish the notes of Perez, as they had previously been printed +in a work by Canon Carrillo.[92-2] + +Much use of this chronicle has been made by the recent historians of +Yucatan, Don Eligio Ancona and the Canon Crescencio Carrillo y Ancona; +but I am surprised to find that they have depended entirely on the +previous labors of Pio Perez, Stephens and Brasseur, and have made no +attempt to verify or extend them. + +Dr. Berendt, although earnestly devoted to collecting and copying these +records did not, as Dr. Valentini observes, ever attempt a translation +of any of them. + +No hint is given as to the author of the document, nor do we know from +what sources he derived his information. It has been plausibly suggested +that it was an epitome of the history of their nations, which was +learned by heart and handed down from master to disciple, and which +served as a verbal key to the interpretation of the painted and +sculptured records, and to the "katun stones" which were erected at the +expiration of each cycle and inscribed with the principal events which +had transpired in it. + +The Abbe Brasseur placed at the head of his edition of this chronicle +the title, in Maya:-- + +"LELO LAI U TZOLAN KATUNIL TI MAYAB," + +which he translates-- + +"SERIES DES EPOQUES DE L'HISTOIRE MAYA." + +This is an invention of the learned antiquary. There is no such nor any +other title to the original. It is simply called in the first line _u +tzolan katun_, the arrangement or order of the katuns. The word _tzolan_ +is a verbal noun, the past participle of the passive voice of _tzol_, +which means to put in order, to arrange, and is in the genitive of the +thing possessed, as indicated by the pronoun _u_. Literally, the phrase +reads, "their arrangement (the) katuns." + + +TEXT. + +1. Lai u tzolan katun lukci ti cab ti yotoch Nonoual cante anilo +Tutulxiu ti chikin Zuiua u luumil u talelob Tulapan [95-1]chiconahthan. + +2. Cante bin ti katun lic u ximbalob ca uliob uaye yetel Holon +Chantepeuh yetel u cuchulob. Ca hokiob ti petene uaxac ahau bin yan +cuchi uac ahau, can ahau, cabil ahau, cankal haab catac hunppel haab, +tumen hun piztun oxlahun ahau cuchie, ca uliob uay ti petene, cankal +haab catac hunppel haab, tu pakteil, yetel cu ximbalob lukci tu luumilob +ca talob uay ti petene Chacnouitan lae; u anoil lae 81 ---- ---- ---- 81. + +3. Uaxac ahau, uac ahau; cabil ahau kuchci chacnouitan Ahmekat Tutulxiu; +hunppel haab minan ti hokal haab cuchi yanob chacnouitan lae; lai u +habil lae ---- ---- ---- 99 anos. + +4. Laitun uchci u chicpahal tzucubte Ziyan caan lae Bakhalal; can ahau, +cabil ahau, oxlahun ahau, oxkal haab cu tepalob Ziyan caan ca emob uay +lae; lai u habil cu tepalob Bakhalal [96-1]chuulte laitun chicpahci +Chic[=h]en Itza lae ---- ---- 60 anos. + +5. Buluc ahau, bolon ahau, uuc ahau, ho ahau, ox ahau, hun ahau, uackal +haab, cu tepalob Chichen Itzaa, ca paxi Chic[=h]en Itza, ca binob cahtal +Chanputun, ti yanhi u yotochob ah Itzaob kuyan uincob lae; lay u habil +lae ---- ---- 120. + +6. Uac ahau chucuc u luumil Chanputun. Can ahau, cabil ahau, oxlahun +ahau, buluc ahau, bolon ahau, uuc ahau, ho ahau, ox ahau, hun ahau, +lahca ahau, lahun ahau, uaxac ahau paxci Chanputun; oxlahunkal haab cu +tepalob Chanputun tumenel Ytza uinicob ca talob u tzac le u yotochob tu +caten; laixtun u katunil binciob ah Itzaob yalan che, yalan [96-2]aban, +yalan ak ti numyaob lae; lai u habil cu [96-3]xinbal lae ---- ---- ---- +260. + +7. Uac ahau, can ahau, cakal haab, ca talob u he[c]ob yotoch tu caten ca +tu zatahob chakanputun; lay u habil lae ---- ---- ---- 40. + +8. Lai u katunil cabil ahau u he[c]cicab Ahcuitok Tutulxiu Uxmal; cabil +ahau, oxlahun ahau, buluc ahau, bolon ahau, uuc ahau, ho ahau, ox ahau, +hun ahau, lahca ahau, lahun ahau; lahun kal haab cu tepalob yetel u +halach uinicil chic[=h]en Itza yetel Mayalpan; lai u habil lae ---- ---- +200. + +9. Lai u katunil buluc ahau bolon ahau uuc ahau, uaxac ahau, paxci u +halach uinicil Chic[=h]en Itzaa tumenel u kebanthan Hunac eel; ca uch ti +Chacxibchac Chichen Itzaa tu kebanthan Hunac eel u halach uinicil +Mayalpan ich paae. Cankal haab catac lahunpiz haab, tu lahun tun, uaxac +ahau cuchie lai u habil paxci tumenel Ahzinteyut chan yetel Tzuntecum, +yetel Taxcal, yetel Pantemit, Xuchueuet yetel Ytzcuat, yetel Kakaltecat; +lai u kaba uiniclob lae uuctulob ah Mayelpanob lae ---- ---- ---- ---- +90. + +10. Laili u katunil uaxac ahau lai ca binob u paa ah Ulmil ahau tumenel +u uahal uahoob yetel ah Itzmal ulil ahau lae oxlahun uu[c] u katunilob +ca paxob tumen Hunac eel; tumenel u [c]abal u natob; uac ahau ca [c]oci +hunkal haab catac canlahun pizi; lai u habil cu [97-1]xinbal ---- 34. + +11. Uac ahau, can ahau, cabil ahau, oxlahun ahau, buluc ahau chucuc u +luumil ich paa Mayapan, tumenel u pach tulum, tumenel multepal ich cah +Mayalpan, tumenel Ytza uinicob yetel Ulmil ahau lae, cankal haab catac +oxppel haab; yocol buluc ahau cuchi paxci Mayalpan tumenel ahuitzil +[c]ul tan cah Mayapan ---- ---- 83. + +12. Uaxac ahau lai paxci Mayapan; lay u katunil uac ahau, can ahau, +cabil ahau, lai haab, cu ximbal ca yax mani espanoles u yax ulci caa +luumi Yucatan tzucubte lae oxkal haab paxac ichpaa cuchie ---- ---- ---- +---- 60. + +13. Oxlahun ahau, buluc ahau uchci mayacimil ich paa yetel nohkakil; +oxlahun ahau cimci Ahpula; uacppel haab u binel ma [c]ococ u xocol +oxlahun ahau cuchie; ti yanil u xocol haab ti lakin cuchie, canil kan +cumlahi pop, tu holhun zip catac oxppeli, bolon imix u kinil lai cimci +Ahpula; laytun ano cu ximbal cuchi lae ca oheltab lai u xoc _numeroil +anos_ lae 1536 anos cuchie, oxkal haab paxac ichpa cuchi lae. + +14. Laili ma [c]ococ u xocol buluc ahau lae lai ulci _espanoles_ kul +uincob ti lakin, u talob ca uliob uay tac luumil lae; bolon ahau hoppci +_cristianoil_; uchci caputzihil; laili ichil u katunil lae ulci yax +_obispo_ Toroba u kaba; heix ano cu ximbal uchie 1544. + +15. Yan cuchi uuc ahau cimci yax obispo de landa; ychil u katunil ho +ahau ca yan cahi padre manii lai ano lae ---- ---- ---- 1550. + +16. Lai ano cu ximbal ca cahi padre yok haa 1552. + +17. Lai ano cu ximbal ca uli Oidor la ca paki Espital ---- ---- ---- +---- 1559. + +18. Lai ano cu ximbal ca kuchi Doctor Quijada yax gob^or uaye ---- +---- ---- 1560. + +19. Lai ano cu ximbal ca uchci c[=h]uitab lae 1562. + +20. Lai ano cu ximbal ca uli Mariscal gob^or ca betab [99-1]thulub +---- ---- ---- 1563. + +21. Lai ano cu ximbal ca uchci nohkakil lae 1609. + +22. Lai ano cu ximbal ca hichiucal kaxob 1610. + +23. Lai ano cu ximbal ca [c]ibtah cah tumenel Juez Diego Pareja 1611. + + +TRANSLATION. + +1. This is the arrangement of the katuns since the departure was made +from the land, from the house Nonoual, where were the four Tutulxiu, +from Zuiva at the west; they came from the land Tulapan, having formed a +league. + +2. Four katuns had passed in which they journeyed when they arrived here +with Holon Chantepeuh and his followers. When they set out for this +country it was the eighth ahau. The sixth ahau, the fourth ahau, the +second ahau (passed), four score years and one year, for it was the +first year of the thirteenth ahau when they arrived here in this +country; four score years and one year in all had passed since they +departed from the land and came here, to the province Chacnouitan. These +were years 81. + +3. The eighth ahau, the sixth ahau; in the second ahau Ahmekat Tutulxiu +arrived at Chacnouitan; they were in Chacnouitan five score years +lacking one year; these were years 99. + +4. Then took place the discovery of the province Ziyan caan or Bakhalal; +the fourth ahau, the second ahau, the thirteenth ahau, three score years +they ruled Ziyan caan when they descended here: in these years that they +ruled Bakhalal it occurred then that Chichen Itza was discovered. 60 +years. + +5. The eleventh ahau, the ninth ahau, the seventh ahau, the fifth ahau, +the third ahau, the first ahau, six score years, they ruled at Chichen +Itza; then they abandoned Chichen Itza and went to live at Chanputun; +there those of Itza, holy men, had their houses; these were years 120. + +6. In the sixth ahau the land of Chanputun was seized. The fourth ahau, +the second ahau, the thirteenth ahau, the eleventh ahau, the ninth ahau, +the seventh ahau, the fifth ahau, the third ahau, the first ahau, the +twelfth ahau, the tenth ahau; the eighth ahau Chanputun was abandoned; +thirteen score years Chanputun was ruled by the Itza men when they came +in search of their houses a second time; in this katun those of Itza +were under the trees, under the boughs, under the branches, to their +sorrow; the years that passed were 260. + +7. The sixth ahau, the fourth ahau, two score years, (had passed) when +they came and established their houses a second time, and they lost +Chakanputun; these were years 40. + +8. In the katun the second ahau Ahcuitok Tutulxiu founded (the city of) +Uxmal; the second ahau, the thirteenth ahau, the eleventh ahau, the +ninth ahau, the seventh ahau, the fifth ahau, the third ahau, the first +ahau, the twelfth ahau, the tenth ahau; ten score years they ruled with +the governor of Chichen Ytza and Mayapan; these were years 200. + +9. Then were the katuns eleventh ahau, ninth ahau, sixth ahau; in the +eighth ahau the governor of Chichen Itza was driven out on account of +his plotting against Hunac Eel; and this happened to Chac Xib Chac of +Chichen Itza on account of his plotting against Hunac Eel the governor +of Mayapan, the fortress. Four score years and ten years, and it was the +tenth year of the eighth ahau that it was depopulated by Ah Zinteyut +Chan, with Tzuntecum, and Taxcal, and Pantemit, Xuchueuet and Ytzcuat +and Kakaltecat: these were the names of the seven men of Mayapan 90. + +10. In this eighth ahau they went to the fortress of the ruler of Ulmil +on account of his banquet to Ulil ruler of Itzmal; they were thirteen +divisions of warriors when they were dispersed by Hunac Eel, in order +that they might know what was to be given; in the sixth ahau it ended, +one score years and fourteen; the years that passed were 34. + +11. The sixth ahau, the fourth ahau, the second ahau, the thirteenth +ahau, the eleventh ahau; then was invaded the land of the fortress of +Mayapan by the men of Itza and their ruler Ulmil on account of the +seizure of the castle by the joint government in the city of Mayapan; +four score years and three years; the eleventh ahau had entered when +Mayapan was depopulated by foreigners from the mountains in the midst of +the city of Mayapan 83. + +12. In the eighth ahau Mayapan was depopulated; then were the sixth +ahau, the fourth ahau, the second ahau; during this year the Spaniards +first passed and first came to this land the province of Yucatan, sixty +years after the fortress was depopulated. ---- ---- ---- ---- 60. + +13. The thirteenth ahau; the eleventh ahau took place the pestilence in +the fortresses and the smallpox; in the thirteenth ahau Ahpula died; for +six years the count of the thirteenth ahau will not be ended; the count +of the year was toward the East, the month Pop began with (the day) +fourth Kan; the eighteenth day of the month Zip (that is), 9 Imix, was +the day on which Ahpula died; and that the count may be known in numbers +and years it was the year 1536, sixty years after the fortress was +destroyed. + +14. The count of the eleventh ahau was not ended when the Spaniards, +mighty men, arrived from the east; they came, they arrived here in this +land; the ninth ahau Christianity began; baptism took place; also in +this katun came the first bishop Toroba by name; this was the year 1544. + +15. In the seventh ahau died the first bishop de Landa; in the fifth +katun the Fathers first settled at Mani, in the year 1550. + +16. As this year was passing the fathers settled upon the water ---- +---- ---- 1552 + +17. As this year was passing the auditor came and the hospital was built +---- ---- 1559 + +18. As this year was passing the first governor Dr. Quijada, arrived +here ---- ---- 1560 + +19. As this year was passing the hanging took place ---- ---- ---- ---- +1562 + +20. As this year was passing the Governor Marshall came and built the +reservoirs ---- 1563 + +21. As this year was passing the smallpox occurred ---- ---- ---- ---- +1609 + +22. As this year was passing those of Tekax were hanged ---- ---- ---- +1610 + +23. As this year was passing the towns were written down by Judge Diego +Pareja ---- 1611 + +NOTES. + +1. The introductory paragraph is not less obscure in construction than +it is important in its historical statements, and I shall give it, +therefore, a particularly careful analysis. + +I have already explained the term _u tzolan katun_; _lukci_ is the +aorist of _lukul_, which forms regularly _luki_, but the mutation to +_ci_ is used when the meaning _since_ or _after that_ is to be conveyed; +as Beltran says, "cuando el verbo trae estos romances, _despues que o +desde que_, como este romance; despues que murio mi padre, estoy triste: +_cimci in yume, okomuol_" (_Arte del Idioma Maya_, p. 61). _cab_ means +country or place, in the sense of residence, whereas _luum_, used in the +same paragraph, is land or earth, in the general sense. The _Dicc. de +Motul_ says: "_cab_, pueblo o region; _in cab_, mi pueblo, donde yo soy +natural." _yotoch_ is a compound of the possessive pronoun _u_, his or +their, and _otoch_, the word for house when it is indicated whose house +it is; otherwise _na_ is used; _otoch_ is probably allied to _och_ a +verbal root signifying to give food to, the house being looked upon as +specifically the place where meals are prepared. + +The word _cante_ is translated by Perez and Brasseur as _four_, and +applied to the Tutulxiu, while the intervening word _anilo_ is not +translated by either: _cante_ is no doubt the numeral _four_ with the +numeral particle _te_ suffixed. But here a serious difficulty arises. +According to all the grammars and dictionaries the particle _te_ is +never used for counting persons, but only "years, months, days (periods +of time), leagues, cacao, eggs and gourds." Moreover, what is _anilo_? +We have, indeed, the form _tenilo_, I am that one, from the particle _i_ +(Buenaventura, _Arte de la Lengua Maya_, fol. 27, verso); and we might +have _yanilo_, they are those. But this necessitates a change in the +text, and if that has to be done I should prefer to suppose that _anilo_ +was a mistake of the copyist, and that we should read _katun_ or +_katunile_. This would reconcile the numeral particle and would do away +with the _four_ Tutulxius, of whom we hear nothing afterwards. + +_chikin_, the West, literally, that which bites or eats the sun, from +_chi_, the mouth, and, as a verb, to bite. An eclipse is called in Maya +_chibal kin_, the sun bitten; _ti chikin_, toward the West. + +_talelob_, plural form of _tal_ or _talel_, to come to, to go from. + +_chiconahthan_ is not translated by either Pio Perez or Brasseur, nor in +that precise form has it any meaning. I take it, however, to be a faulty +orthography for _chichcunahthan_ which means to support that which +another says, hence, to agree with, to act in concert with; "_chichcunah +u thanil_, having renewed the agreement" (_Diccionario de Ticul_). It +refers to an agreement entered into by the different leaders who were +about to undertake the migration into unknown lands. Possibly, however, +this is not a Maya word, but another echo of Aztec legend. +_Chiconauhtlan_, "the place of the Nine," was a village and mountain +north of the lake of Tezcuco and close to the sacred spot Teotiuacan, +where, in Aztec myth, the gods assembled to create the sun and moon +(Sahagun, _Historia de Nueva Espana_, Lib VII, cap. II). _Tulapan +Chiconauhtlan_ would thus become a compound local name. + +It will be seen from the above that the translation which I have given +of this paragraph does not satisfy me as certainly correct. I shall now +give the original with an interlinear translation, and also those of Pio +Perez and Brasseur, adding a free rendering which I am inclined to +prefer, although it modifies the text somewhat. + + +_Interlinear Translation._ + + Lai u tzolan katun lukci + This (is) their order the katuns since they departed + + ti cab, ti yotoch Nonoual cante + from the land from their house Nonoual the four + + anilo, Tutulxiu ti chikin Zuiua, + those the (?) Tutulxiu to the West (of) Zuiua + + u luumil u talelob Tulapan chiconah than. + their land (which) they came (from) was Tulapan acting in concert. + + +_Translation of Pio Perez._ + +Esta es la serie de Katunes corridos desde que se quitaron de la tierra +y casa de Nonoual en que estaban los cuatro Tutulxiu al poniente de +Zuina; el pais de donde vinieron fue Tulapan. + + +_Translation of Brasseur._ + +C' est ici la serie des epoques ecoulees depuis que s' enfuirent les +quatre Tutul Xiu de la maison de Nonoual etant a l'ouest de Zuina, et +vinrent de la terre de Tulapan. + + +_Free translation suggested._ + +This is the order of the Katuns since the four Katuns during which the +Tutulxiu left their home and country Nonoual to the west of Zuiua, and +went from the land and city of Tula, having agreed together to this +effect. + +I have said nothing of the proper names in this paragraph. They are +remarkable for the fact that three out of the four are unquestionably +Nahuatl or Aztec, and hence they have given occasion for considerable +theorizing in favor of the "Toltec" origin of the Maya civilization, and +also of the Nahuatl descent of the princely family of the Tutulxiu. + +Their name is the only one in the paragraph with a distinctively Maya +physiognomy. It is a compound of _xiu_, the generic term for herb or +plant, and _tutul_, a reduplicated form of _tul_, an abundance, an +excess, as in the verb _tutulancil_, to overflow, etc. (_Diccionario de +Ticul_, MS.). It would appear therefore to be a local name, and to +signify a place where there was an abundance of herbage. The surname is +Xiu only, and as such is still in use in Yucatan. + +But it may also be claimed that even this is a Nahuatl name; for also in +that tongue _xiuitl_ means a plant, as well as a turquoise, a comet, a +year, and in composition a greenish or bluish color; while _tototl_ is a +bird or fowl. The Maya _xiu_ and the Nahuatl _xiuitl_ (in which _itl_ is +a termination lost in composition) are undoubtedly the same word. Which +nation borrowed it from the other? It is certainly a loan-word, for +these two languages have no common origin, while, as we might expect +from neighbors, each does have a number of loan-words from the other. + +I answer that the Maya _xiu_ is unquestionably a loan from the Nahuatl, +and my reason for the opinion is that while in Maya the root _xiu_ is +sterile and has no relations to other words (unless perhaps to _xiitil_, +to open like a flower, to brood as a bird, to augment, to grow), in +Nahuatl it is a very fertile root, and nearly thirty compounds of it can +be found in the dictionaries (See Molina, _Vocabulario de la Lengua +Mexicana_, fol. 159, verso). But the composition of the name follows the +Maya and not the Nahuatl analogy. + +That in either language the name Tutulxiu can be translated "Bird-tree" +(Vogelbaum), as is argued by Dr. Carl Schultz-Sellack (_Archiv fuer +Ethnologie_, Band XI, 1879), and on which translation he bases a long +argument, is very doubtful. It certainly could not in Maya; and in +Nahuatl, _tototl_ in composition would drop both its terminal +consonants. + +The remaining names, Nonoual, Zuiua, Tula-pan, clearly indicate their +Nahuatl origin. Zuiua, which was erroneously printed in Pio Perez's +version as Zuina is Zuiva; Nonoual is Nonohual; Tulapan, literally "the +standard of Tula," refers to the famous city of the Toltecs, presided +over by Quetzalcoatl. All these names are borrowed directly from the +myth of this hero-god. + +_Zuiven_ was the name of the uppermost heaven, the abode of the Creator +Hometeuctli, the father of Quetzalcoatl, and the place of his first +birth as a divinity. In later days, when the Quetzalcoatl myth had +extended to the Kiches and Cakchiquels, members of the Maya family in +Guatemala, "Tulan Zuiva" was identified with the Aztec Chicomoztoc, the +famous "Seven Caves," "Seven Ravines," or "Seven Cities," from which so +many tribes of Mexico, wholly diverse in language and lineage, claimed +that their ancestors emerged in some remote past (compare the _Codex +Vaticanus_, Lam. I; _Codex Zumarraga_, chap. I, with the _Popol Vuh_, +pp. 214, 227). To this spot the ancestors of the Guatemalan tribes were +reported to have gone to receive their gods; from it issued the Aztec +god Huitzilopochtli; in it still were supposed to dwell his mother and +other mighty divinities; and Quetzalcoatl was again the youngest born of +Iztac Mixcohuatl, the mighty lord of the Seven Caves (Motolinia, +_Historia de los Indios de Nueva Espana_ p[TN-12] 10, etc.). + +_Tula_, properly _Tollan_, a syncopated form of _Tonatlan_, which means +"the place of the Sun," was a name applied to a number of towns in +Mexico, all named after that magnificent city inhabited by the Tolteca +("dwellers in the place of the Sun"), servants and messengers of the +Light-God their ruler, the benign, the virgin-born Quetzalcoatl. The +common tradition ran that it was destroyed by the wiles of Tezcatlipoca, +the brother, yet the eternal enemy, of Quetzalcoatl, and that at its +destruction the Toltecs disappeared, no one knew whither, while +Quetzalcoatl, after reigning a score of years in Cholula, journeyed far +eastward to the home of the Sun, where he enjoyed everlasting life. + +_Nonohual_ also had a place in this myth. It was a mountain over against +Tulan. There it was that the eldest sister of Quetzalcoatl resided. When +he was made drunken by the insidious beverage handed him as a healing +draught by Tezcatlipoca, he sent for this sister, held to her lips the +intoxicating cup, and with her passed a night of debauch, the memory of +which filled him with such shame that nevermore dared he face his +subjects. Such is the story recited at length in the Aztec chronicle +called the _Codex Chimalpopoca_. + +_Nonoalco_ was also the name of a small village near the city of Mexico +which still appears on the maps. Sahagun tells us that some extreme +eastern tribes in Mexico called themselves _Nonoalca_ (_Historia de la +Nueva Espana_, Lib. X, cap,[TN-13] XXIX, p[TN-14] 12); and the licenciate +Diego Garcia de Palacio mentions "quatro lugares de Indios que llaman +los Nunualcos" as dwelling, in his time (1576), in the eastern part of +the province of San Salvador, of Aztec descent, and who had recently +come there. (_Carta al Rey de Espana_, p. 60, New York, 1860). It should +be mentioned in reference to these names and all others of similar +vocalization, that both in Maya and Nahuatl the Spanish constantly +confound the short [)o] and [)u]. As the Bachelor Don Antonio Vasquez +Gastelu observes: "usan de la _o_ algunos tan obscuramente, que tira +algo a la pronunciacion de la _u_ vocal" (_Arte de lengua Mexicana_, +fol. 1, verso, La Puebla de los Angeles, 1726). + +Senor Alfredo Chavero, in his Appendix to Duran's _Historia de las +Indias de Nueva Espana_ (p. 45, Mexico, 1880), claims that _Nonoalca_ +was the name given to the Maya-Kiche tribes, or rather adopted by them, +when, at an extremely remote epoch, they penetrated to the central table +land of Mexico. He thinks that subsequently they became united with the +Toltecs, and were dispersed with that people at the destruction of the +city of Tula. The grounds for this theory he claims to find in certain +unpublished manuscripts, which unfortunately he does not give in +extracts, but only in general statements. Like much that this writer +presents, these assertions lack support. All the names he quotes as of +Nonoalca, that is, Maya origin, are distinctly not of the latter tongue, +but are Nahuatl. And the introduction of the mystical city of Tula is of +itself enough to invest the story with the garb of unreality. + +It is, in fact, nowhere in terrestrial geography that we need look for +the site of the Tula of Quetzalcoatl, nor at any time in human history +did the Tolteca ply their skillful hands, nor Tezcatlipoca spread his +snares to destroy them. All this is but a mythical conception of the +daily struggle of light and darkness, and those writers who seek in the +Toltecs the ancestors or instructors of any nation whatsoever, make the +once common error of mistaking myth for history, fancy for fact. +Therefore, any notion that Yucatan was civilized by the Toltecs after +their dispersion, or owes anything to them, as so many, and I might say +almost all recent writers have maintained, is to me an absurdity. + +This reference to the Quetzalcoatl myth at the commencement of the Maya +chronicle needs not surprise us. We encounter it also in the Kiche +_Popol Vuh_ and the Cakchiquel _Memorial de Tecpan Atitlan_. These +members of the Maya family also grafted that myth upon their own +traditions. As history, it is valueless; but as indicative of a long and +early intercourse between the Maya and Nahuatl speaking tribes, it is of +great interest. As this question will also recur in reference to various +later passages in the Maya chronicles, I will discuss it here. + +One of the earliest historians of Yucatan, the Doctor Don Pedro Sanchez +de Aguilar, states that six hundred years before the Spanish conquest +the Mayas were vassals of the Aztecs, and that they were taught or +forced by these to construct the extraordinary edifices in their +country, such as are found at Uxmal and Chichen Itza. His words are: +"Fueron tan politicos y justiciosos en Yucatan como los Mexicanos, cuyos +vasallos habian sido seis cientos anos antes de la llegada de los +Espanoles. De lo cual tan solamente hay tradicion y memoria entre ellos +por los famosos, grandes y espantosos edificios de cal y canto y +silleria y figuras y estatuas de piedra labrada que dejaron en Oxumual +[Uxmal] y en Chicheniza que hoy se veen y se pudieran habitar." _Informe +contra Idolum Cultores del Obispado de Yucatan_, fol. 87 (Madrid, 1639). + +The vague tradition here referred to was made part of the testimony in a +lawsuit at Valladolid, Yucatan, in 1618. These old documents were +brought to light by the late eminent Yucatecan historian Doctor Justo +Sierra, and Dr. Berendt took a copy in manuscript of the most important +points. I think it worth while to insert and translate this testimony. + + +VILLA DE VALLADOLID--ANO DE 1618. + +"DOCUMENTO 1º. A la primera pregunta dijo este testigo que conoce al +dicho Don Juan Kahuil y a la dicha Dona Maria Quen su legitima muger y +que todos los contenidos en la pregunta, tuvo noticia muy larga de su +padre de este testigo, porque fue en su antiguedad _ahkin_, sacerdote +entre los naturales antiguos, antes que recibiesen agua de bautismo, +como los susodichos contenidos en la pregunta vinieron del reino de +Mexico y poblaron estas provincias, y que era gente bellicosa y valerosa +y Senores, y asi poblaron a Chichenica los unos, y otros se fueron hacia +el Sur que poblaron a Bacalar, y hacia el Norte que poblaron la costa; +porque eran tres o cuatro Senores y uno que se llamo _Tumispolchicbul_ +era deudo de Moctezuma, rey que fue de los reinos de Mexico, y que +_Cuhuikakcamalcacalpuc_ era deudo muy cercano de dicho Don Juan Kahuil +por parte de sus padres, y que dicha _Ixnahaucupul_ hija de _Kukumcupul_ +fue muger de su abuelo de dicho D. Juan Kahuil, todos los cuales fueron +los que vinieron de Mexico a poblar estas Provincias, gente principal y +Senores, pues poblaron y se senorearon de esta tierra, porque como dicho +tiene, le oyo decir al dicho su padre que eran tenidos, obedecidos y +respetados como a Senores de esta tierra, y de uno de ellos procede el +dicho D. Juan Kahuil, y de estos hay mucha noticia y dicho su padre le +dijo muchas veces, que habia constancia entre ellos de lo sucedido por +estos Senores. + +"2º. A la segunda pregunta dice este testigo, que como dicho tiene, oyo +decir a su padre y otros Indios principales que los susodichos +contenidos en la primera pregunta vinieron de los reynos de Mejico a +poblar estas provincias, los unos se quedaron en Chichinica que fueron +los que edificaron los edificios sontuosos que hay en el dicho asiento, +y otros se fueron a poblar a Bacalar, y otros fueron a poblar la costa +hacia el norte, y este que fue a poblar la costa, se llamaba _Cacalpuc_, +de donde procede el dicho D. Juan Kahuil, y estos que asi se +repartieron, fueron a poblar las provincias susodichas, y las tuvieron +sugetas y en govierno, y que le cupo a un Cocom, el poblar en +Chichinica, y le obedecian todos por Senor, y los de la isla de cuzumel +le eran sugetos; y de alli (de Chicinica) se pasaron a la provincia de +Sotuta, donde estaban, cuando los conquistadores vinieron, y siempre +fueron tenidos, obedecidos y respetados como Senores. + +"3º. A la primera pregunta dijo este testigo que conoce al dicho D. Juan +Kahuil, y a la dicha Da Maria Quen, su muger, y que de todos los +contenidos en la pregunta, tuvo muy larga noticia de ellos, porque D. +Juan Camal, cacique e gobernador que fue del pueblo de Sisal, de los +primeros que lo gobernaron por comision e titulo que le dio el Oidor +Tomas Lopez, oiendo como era de los antiguos caciques del dicho pueblo +en estas provincias, lo trataba en conversacion a sus principales y este +testigo, que siempre estaba en su casa, y fue alguacil mayor ordinario +en ella, como los contenidos habian venido de Mejico a poblar esta +tierra de Yucatan, y que los unos poblaron a Chichinica y hicieron los +edificios que estan en dicho asiento muy suntuosos, y que habiendo sido +los que vinieron de Mejico, cuatro deudos o parientes con sus allegados +y gente que trajaron; el uno poblo como dicho tiene a Chichinica, y el +otro fue a poblar a Bacalar, y el otro hacia el Norte y poblo en la +costa, y el otro fue hacia Cozumel; e poblaron con gente, y fueron +Senores de estas provincias, y las gobernaron y senorearon muchos anos; +y que oyo decir que uno de ellos llamado _Tanupolchicbul_ era pariente +de Moctezuma, rey de Mejico." + + +(_Translation._) + +CORPORATION OF VALLADOLID--YEAR 1618. + +"DOCUMENT NO. 1. To the first question the witness answered that he +knows the said Don Juan Kahuil and the said Dona Maria Quen his lawful +wife, and all those referred to in the question; that this witness had +full information from his father, who formerly was _ahkin_ or priest +among the natives, before they had received the water of baptism, how +the parties above mentioned in the question came from the kingdom of +Mexico, and established towns[116-1] in these provinces, and that they +were a warlike and valiant people and lords, and thus some of them +established themselves at Chichen Itza, and others went to the south and +established towns at Bacalar, and toward the north and established towns +on the coast; because they were three or four lords, and one, who was +named _Tumispolchicbul_, was a kinsman of Montezuma, king of the kingdom +of Mexico, and that _Cuhuikakcamalcacalpuc_ was a very near kinsman of +the said Don Juan Kahuil on his father's side, and that the said +_Ixnahaucupul_, daughter of _Kukumcupul_ was wife of the grandfather of +the said Don Juan Kahuil, all of whom were those who came from Mexico to +found towns in these provinces, prominent people and lords; then they +founded towns and ruled this land, because as he said, he heard his said +father say that they were regarded, obeyed and respected as lords of +this land, and that from one of them proceeded the said Don Juan Kahuil; +and of these there is abundant information, and his said father often +said to him that there was unanimity among them as to what took place by +these lords. + +"2ND. To the second question this witness answered that as he has said, +he heard his father and other leading Indians say that the parties above +mentioned in the first question came from the Kingdom of Mexico to found +towns in these provinces; some remained in Chichen Itza, who were those +who built the sumptuous edifices which are in the said locality; others +went to found towns at Bacalar, and others to found towns on the coast +to the north; and he who went to found towns on the coast was named +Cacalpuc, from whom proceeds the said Don Juan Kahuil and those who thus +made division went to found towns in the above mentioned provinces, and +held them under subjection and government; and he chose a certain Cocom +to rule in Chichen Itza, and they all obeyed him as lord, and those of +the island of Cozumel were subject to him; and from there (from Chichen +Itza) they passed to the province of Zotuta, where they were when the +conquerors came, and they were always regarded, obeyed and respected as +lords. + +"3RD. To the first question this witness answered that he knew all the +parties mentioned in the question and had abundant information about +them, because Don Juan Carnal who was chief and governor of Sisal, one +of the first who governed it by commission and brief given him by the +Auditor Tomas Lopez, being one of the ancient chiefs of the said town in +these provinces, spoke of the subject in conversation with his leading +men and with this witness, who was constantly in his house and was chief +clerk in ordinary in it, saying the parties mentioned had come from +Mexico to found towns in this land of Yucatan, and that some settled at +Chichen Itza, and erected the very stately edifices which are in the +said locality, and that those who came from Mexico were four kinsmen or +relatives with their friends and the people they brought with them; one +settled as heretofore said at Chichen Itza, one went to settle at +Bacalar, one went toward the north and settled on the coast, and the +other went toward Cozumel; and they founded towns with their people, and +were lords of these provinces, and governed them and ruled them many +years; and that he had heard it said that one of them named +_Tanupolchicbul_ was a kinsman of Moctezuma, King of Mexico." + +This legend is also related, with some variation, by Herrera, and as I +shall have occasion more than once to refer to his account, I shall +translate it. + +"At Chichen Itza, ten leagues from Itzamal, the ancients say there +reigned three lords, brothers, who came from the west, and gathered +together many people, and reigned some years in peace and justice; and +they constructed large and very beautiful edifices. It is said that they +lived unmarried and very chastely; and it is added that in time one of +them was missing, and that his absence worked such bad results that the +other two began to be unchaste and partial; and thus the people came to +hate them, and slew them, and scattered abroad, and deserted the +edifices, especially the most stately one, which is ten leagues from the +sea. + +"Those who established themselves at Chichen Itza call themselves Itzas; +among these there is a tradition that there ruled a great lord called +Cuculcan, and all agree that he came from the west; and the only +difference among them is as to whether he came before or after or with +the Itzas; but the name of the building at Chichen Itza, and what +happened after the death of the lords above mentioned, show that +Cuculcan ruled the country jointly with them. He was a man of good +disposition, was said not to have had either wife or children, and not +to have known woman; he was devoted to the interests of the people, and +for this reason was regarded as a god. In order to pacify the land he +agreed to found another city, where all business could be transacted. He +selected for this purpose a site eight leagues further inland from where +now stands the city of Merida, and fifteen leagues from the sea. There +they erected a circular wall of dry stone, about a half quarter of a +league in diameter, leaving in it only two gateways. They erected +temples, giving to the largest the name Cuculcan, and also constructed +around the wall the houses of the lords among whom Cuculcan had divided +the land, giving and assigning towns to each. To the city he gave the +name Mayapan, which means "the Standard of the Maya," as Maya is the +name of their language. + +"By this means the country was quieted and they lived in peace for some +years under Cuculcan, who governed with justice, until, having arranged +for his departure, and recommending them to continue the wise rule he +had established, he left them and returned to Mexico by the same route +he had come, remaining in Champoton some time, where, in memory of his +journey, he erected a building in the sea, which remains to this +day."[120-1] + +Bishop Landa and some other early writers also give versions of this +tradition, but do not add any facts to those in the above quotations. +Evidently it was a widespread legend of the origin of the great +buildings of Chichen Itza. Is it a tradition of fact or is it a myth? + +I confess that to me it has a suspiciously mythical aspect. It is too +similar to what I may call the standard hero-myth of the American +Aborigines. Everywhere, both in North and South America, we find the +myth of the four brothers who divided the land between them, one of whom +is superior to the others and becomes the ruler and instructor of the +ancestors of the nation. He does not die, but disappears, or goes to +heaven, and is often expected to return. Just so in one of the Maya +myths, Cuculcan did not return to Mexico, but rose to heaven, whence +once every year he descended to his temple at Mayapan and received the +gifts which from far and wide pious pilgrims had brought to his shrine +(Landa, _Relacion_, p. 302). All these myths relate to the worship of +the four cardinal points and to the Light-God, as I have shown in a +previous work (_The Myths of the New World_, chap. III. New York, 1876). + +The proper names in the legend have nothing of a Nahuatl appearance. +They are all pure Maya. The "kinsman of Moctezuma," the second reading +of whose name is the correct one, is given as _tan u pol chicbul_, "in +front of the head of the jay-bird," the _chicbul_ being what the +Spaniards call the _mingo rey_, which I believe is a jay (Beltran, _Arte +del Idioma Maya_, p. 229). The other long name is a compound of _Zuhuy +kak camal cacal puc_. The historian Cogolludo informs us that _Zuhuy +Kak_, literally "virgin fire," was the daughter of a king, afterwards +deified as goddess of female infants (_Historia de Yucatan_, Lib. IV, +cap. VIII). _Camal_ was and is a common patronymic in Yucatan; +_cacalpuc_ means "mountain land,"[121-1] and thus the whole name is +easily identified as Maya. Possibly the member of the family Camal who +bore the name was a priest of the goddess. + +It will be noticed that neither the legend nor the legal testimony +speaks of these foreigners as of a different language or lineage, but +leaves us to infer the contrary. Had they been of Aztec race it would +certainly have been noticed, for the Mayas had frequent mercantile +relations with these powerful neighbors, they borrowed many words from +the Nahuatl tongue, and single chiefs in Yucatan formed alliances with +the Aztec rulers, and introduced Aztec warriors even into Mayapan, as is +shown by the Chronicles I publish in this work, and also by the fact +that a small colony of Aztecs, descendants of these mercenaries, was +living in the province of Canul, west of Merida, when the Spaniards +conquered the country (Landa, _Relacion_, p. 54). Therefore the Aztecs +were no strangers to the Mayas, and doubtless the learned members of the +priesthood and nobles in the fifteenth century were quite well aware of +the existence of the powerful empire of Anahuac. + +But regarding the legend I have quoted as, in part at least, based on +actual history, we may accept the fact that there was an important +emigration from Mexico, and yet not one of either Aztecs or "Toltecs." +It must be remembered that the Huastecas, an important branch of the +Maya family, occupied from time immemorial the coast of the Mexican Gulf +north of Vera Cruz, and west to the mountains of Meztitlan, a province +inhabited by a Nahuatl speaking race, but not subject to the dynasty of +the Montezumas. + +I have already referred briefly to their history, and it is possible +that after their serious reverses, about 1450, they sent migratory +bodies to their relatives in Yucatan. At any rate, there seems a +consensus of testimony that the general trend of migration of the Maya +race, was from north to south, and in Central America, from west to +east. + +We have in this paragraph examples of the use of three of the "numeral +particles." _Cante bin ti katun_, literally, "it (_i. e._ time) went on +for four katuns," and a few lines later _hunpel haab_, one year, +_hunpiztun_, the first year. + +The correct translation of _peten_ has been debated; it is from the root +_pet_, anything round, a circle, and usually means "island." By a later +use it signifies any locality with definite boundaries, hence a +province, or kingdom. The following is the entry in the _Diccionario de +Motul_: + +"PETEN; isla, _item_ provincia, region, comarca--_uay tu petenil +Yucatan_, aqui en la provincia de Yucatan." + +The name of the first leader, Holon Chan Tepeuh, does not recur in the +Annals. Its signification is: _holon_, a generic name for large bees and +flies; _chan_, sufficient, powerful, still in use in Yucatan as a +surname; _tepeuh_, ruler, from _tepeual_, to rule. This last word is +marked in the _Diccionario de Motul_ as a "vocablo antiquo." It is of +Aztec origin, as in the Nahuatl language _tepeuani_ means "conqueror." +The name we are considering should probably be rendered "Holon Chan, the +ruler." The province ruled by the Chan family at the time of the +conquest was on the eastern coast, south of that of the Cupuls. + +The name _Chacnouitan_ is elsewhere, as we shall see, spelled +_Chacnovitan_ and _Chacnabiton_. I am inclined to believe the last +mentioned is nearest the correct form. By Pio Perez it was supposed to +be an ancient name of Yucatan, and he translates the phrase, _uay ti +petene Chacnouitan_, by "a esta isla de Chacnavitan (Yucatan)." Dr. +Valentini says: "the translation could as well stand for 'that distant +island,'" and that "Chacnouitan was neither the whole nor the northern +part of Yucatan, but a district situated in the southwest of the +peninsula," (_loc. cit._ p. 38). + +With this I cannot agree, as the adverb _uay_ always refers to the place +(in no matter how wide an accepation) where the speaker is. Therefore I +translate it "here, (_i. e._ to this general country of Yucatan, and at +first) to the province Chacnouitan." The province referred to was, I +doubt not, somewhere around Lake Peten. The word _chac_ is often used in +local names in Yucatan, and usually means either "water" or "red," as it +is a homonym with several significations. + +Several names similar to it are found in the Peten district. On Lake +Yaxta, are the ruins of the very ancient city Napeten, and that lake may +have once been called "Chac-napeten," "the water of Napeten." Again, on +the road from Peten to Bacalar is the town Chacnabil, and the compound +_Chacnabiltan_ would mean "toward or in the direction of Chacnabil" (see +_Itinerarios y Leguarios que proceden de Merida, etc._, p. 15, Merida, +1851). The Itzas always remembered the Peten district, and when they met +with reverses in northern Yucatan, they returned to it and established +an important State there, which was not destroyed until the last decade +of the seventeenth century. + +3. _Hunpel haab minan ti hokal haab_, "one year lacking from five score +years." + +The name Ahmekat is probably an old form for _ahmeknah_ or _ahmektan_, +both of which are given in the _Diccionario de Motul_ for chieftain, +leader, captain. + +4. _Lai tun_, the relative _lai_ with the particle _tun_, which is +called by Beltran a "particula adornativa." _uchci_ is the aorist of the +defective verb _uchul_, _uchi_, _uchuc_, to happen, to take place, come +to pass. _Emob_ is the third plural of _emel_, to descend, to disembark, +arrive. Pio Perez translates the phrase _ca emob uay lae_, "luego +bajaron aqui." As this was written in the province of Mani, the "here" +now refers in a narrower sense to the vicinity of the writer. The word +_chuulte_ I take to be an error of transcription for _uchci_, as it is +so translated by Pio Perez. It is noteworthy that the word _chicpahci_, +"discovered," conveys the sense that Chichen Itza was already in +existence when the migration here recorded reached northen[TN-15] +Yucatan. It is from _chicul_, a sign or mark by which something is +recognized. + +Of the proper names in this section Bakhalal, "the canebrakes" (_halal_, +the cane, _bak_, a roll or enclosure), is the modern province of +Bacalar, on the east coast of the peninsula. _Ziyan caan_ appears to be +used as a synonym of it, or else refers to a part of it. Its meaning is +a picturesque reference to the view from the sea shore, where the +horizon is clearly defined, and the sky seems to rise from the water, +"the birth of the sky;" _Ziyan_, birth, _caan_, sky. + +The name Chi C[=h]een Itza was that of one of the grandest ancient +cities of Yucatan. _C[=h]een_ is the name applied to a tract of +low-lying fertile land, especially suitable to the production of cacao +(Berendt); _chi_ is edge or border. It is therefore a name referring to +a locality, "on the border of the _c[=h]een_ of the Itzas." _C[=h]een_ +also means well or cistern, and another derivation is "at the mouth of +the well," as _chi_ can also be rendered "mouth;" either of these is +appropriate to the features of the locality, as it is a fertile +low-lying tract with two large natural reservoirs near by. + +5. _Paxi_, from _paaxal_, a neuter form of the active verb _pa_, to +break in pieces; it means "to go to pieces, to fall in ruins, to be +depopulated or deserted." Applied to a city it is often translated "to +be destroyed," but it does not convey quite so positive a meaning. +_Kuyan uincob_, "men of God," from _Ku_ the general name for Divinity. +Chichen Itza was one of the chief centres of religious life in Yucatan, +and its priests were esteemed among the most learned in the peninsula. + +The name Chanputun, Champoton, or, reversed, Potonchan, is derived by +Gomara from the Nahuatl _potonia_, to smell badly, and _chan_, house (in +composition). Elsewhere, however, we find it in the form Chakanputun, +and this is Maya. _Chakan_ is the term applied to a grassy plain, a +savanna, and it was especially applied to the ancient province in which +the city of Ho, now Merida, was situated, as appears from the following +entry in the _Diccionario de Motul, MS._ + +"AHCHAKAN: el que es de Merida, o de los pueblos de aquella comarca, que +se llama _Chakan_." + +The correct form of the name is probably _Chakan peten_, the savanna +region. + +6. The only obscure expression in this section is _yalan che, yalan +aban, yalan ak_. This often recurs in the ancient Maya manuscripts, and +was evidently a well-known formula, probably the refrain of one of their +ancient chants. In Mr. Stephens' translation it is rendered "under the +uninhabited mountains" (!) which is an attempt to render Pio Perez's +words "bajo los montes despoblados," "in the uninhabited forests." +_Aban_ or _haban_ is an obsolete word, only found in compounds, as +_yoxhaban_, huts made of branches. Both it and _ak_ were the names of +various branches or twigs. The phrase is literally "under the trees, +under the branches, under the foliage," and meant that those who thus +lived were homeless and houseless. It is a striking testimony to the +love of solid buildings and walled cities which characterized the Mayas. + +I will add a verse from a curious prophetic chant in one of the Books of +Chilan Balam, where this expression occurs, and which is an interesting +example of these strange songs. + +TZOLAH TI AHKIN CHILAM. + +(_Recital of the priest Chilam._) + + Uien, uien, a man uah; + Uken, uken, a man haa; + Tu kin, puz lum pach, + Tu kin, tzuch lum ich, + Tu kin, naclah muyal, + Tu kin, naclah uitz, + Tu kin, chuc lum [c]iic, + Tu kin, hubulhub, + Tu kin, co[c] yol chelem, + Tu kin, e[c]ele[c], + Tu kin, ox [c]alab u nak yaxche, + Tu kin, ox chuilab xotem, + Tu kin, pan tzintzin + Yetel banhob yalan che yalan haban. + +_Translation._ + + Eat, eat, thou hast bread; + Drink, drink, thou hast water; + On that day, dust possesses the earth, + On that day, a blight is on the face of the earth, + On that day, a cloud rises, + On that day, a mountain rises, + On that day, a strong man seizes the land, + On that day, things fall to ruin, + On that day, the tender leaf is destroyed, + On that day, the dying eyes are closed, + On that day, three signs are on the tree, + On that day, three generations hang there, + On that day, the battle flag is raised, + And they are scattered afar in the forests. + +7. _He[c]ob_, from _he[c]_, _he[c]el_ or _e[c]_, to fix firmly, to +settle, to found: _he[c]el ca cah uaye_, let us settle here, "poblamos +aqui" (_Dicc. de San Francisco_, MS.). + +8. The founding of Uxmal by Ahcuitok Tutulxiu is recorded in this +paragraph; _ahcui_ is the name of a species of owl, _tok_ is the flint +stone. By some old writers Uxmal is spelled Oxmal, which would give the +meaning "to pass thrice," _ox_, three, _mal_, to pass. From _mal_, +preterite _mani_, also was derived the name of the chief city of the +Tutulxiu, with a peculiar signification explained in a note on a +previous page. + +Mr. Stephens has taken considerable pains to prove that Uxmal with its +astonishing edifices was inhabited at and after the conquest (_Incidents +of Travel in Yucatan_, Vol. II, p. 259); there may, indeed, have been an +Indian village there, but the first European traveler who has left us a +description of it, and who visited it in 1586, when many natives, born +before the conquest, were still living, describes the massive buildings +as even then in ruins, and very large trees growing upon them. An old +Indian told him that according to their traditions, these structures had +at that time been built nine hundred years, and that their builders had +left the country nearly that long ago. (_Relacion Breve y Verdadera de +algunas cosas de las muchas qui[TN-16] sucedieron al Padre Fray Alonzo +Ponce_, in the _Coleccion de Documentos para la Historia de Espana_, +vol. LVIII, p. 461.) + +The phrase _u he[c]icab Ahcuitok Tutulxiu Uxmal_ is translated by Pio +Perez "se poblo en Uxmal," [TN-17]established himself in Uxmal," +conveying the impression that he merely moved to that city. This is, +however, not the sense of the original. _He[c]icab_ is an active verb +governing Uxmal as its direct object, and means to found firmly or +promptly. + +The expression _halach uinicil_, the real man, the true man, is a common +idiom for governor or ruler, he being the only "real man" in an +autocratic community (ante p. 26). + +The name of Mayapan is given in the form Mayalpan, which I think is +dialectic. It is spoken of as an established city under the joint rule +of several chiefs at the date of the founding of Uxmal. + +9. This paragraph describes how the ruler of the Itzas lost his share in +the government of Mayapan. _Kebanthan_, literally a plot, or to plot to +do some injury--"concertar de hacer algun mal, y el tal concierto," +_Diccionario de Motul_, MS. I have followed Pio Perez in translating +"against Hunac Eel," although "by Hunac Eel" seems more correct. +Elsewhere the name is Hunac Ceel. Ancona argues that he was a member of +the Cocom family (_Hist. de Yucatan_, I. p. 157.) + +Several of the names of the seven "men of Mayapan" have a Nahuatl +appearance. Kakaltecat=Cacaltecatl, He of the Crow; Ytzcuat=Itzcoatl, +Smirch-faced snake; Xuchueuet=Xochitl, the rose or flower; +Pantemit=Pantenamitl, the Conqueror of the city wall. These would seem +to bear out what Landa and Herrera say, to the effect that at one period +the rulers of Mayapan invited Aztec warriors from the province of +Tabasco to come and dwell in the city and aid them in controlling the +inhabitants. + +Both Dr. Valentini and Senor Pio Perez are of opinion the Katuns at the +commencement of this paragraph should read the 10th, 8th and 6th, +instead of the 11th, 9th and 6th, as it is necessary in order to +establish consistency with what follows. + +10. This is one of the most obscure sections in the chronicle. The +phrase _tumenel u uahal uahob_ is rendered by Pio Perez "because he made +war," while Brasseur translates it "because of his great feasts." The +meaning of the root _uah_ is maize cakes, or, more generally, bread. The +_Diccionario de Motul_ gives: "UAHIL; banquete, convite o comida," which +is in favor of Brasseur's translation. + +_Oxlahun uu[c]_, "thirteen divisions;" _uu[c]_ or _uuu[c]_ means +literally a fold or double, and hence appears to have been applied to +ranks of men in double rows. I do not find, however, any such meaning +given in the dictionaries. As a numeral particle it is used to count +whatever occurs in folds or doubles. + +The number thirteen had a sacredness attached to it, from its frequent +use in the calendar. It appears from a passage in the _Popol Vuh_ that +the Cakchiquels, Pokomams and Pokomchis also divided their tribes into +thirteen sections (_Popol Vuh_, p. 206). In the Maya language, 13 is +also used to signify a great but indefinite number: thus _oxlahun +cacab_, thirteen generations, is equivalent to "forever"; _oxlahun +pixan_, thirteen times happy, is to be happy in the supreme degree; more +remote from customary analogies is the phrase for "full moon," _oxlhaun +caan u_, literally "the thirteen-sky moon," the moon which fills with +its light the whole sky (_Diccionario de Motul_, MS.). + +The phrase _u [c]abal u natob_ is not translated at all in the English +rendering in Stephens' _Travels_, nor in that of Valentini. Brasseur +paraphrases it "by him who gives intelligence." + +The proper names Ulmil and Ulil seem both to be derived from _ula_, +host, the master of the feast. + +Here, again, I shall give the originals of the two previous translators. + +_Translation of Pio Perez._ + +"En este mismo periodo o _katun_ del 8º ahau fueron a destruir al rey +Ulmil porque le hacia la guerra al rey de Izamal Ulil. Trece divisiones +de combatientes tenia cuando los disperso Hunac-eel para escarmentarlos: +la guerra se concluyo en el 6º ahau a los 34 anos." + +_Translation of Brasseur._ + +"C'est dans la meme periode du Huit Ahau qu'ils allerent attaquer le roi +Ulmil, a cause de ses grands festins avec Ulil, roi d'Ytzmal: ils +avaient treize divisions de troupes, lorsqu'ils furent defaits par +Hunac-Eel, par celui qui donne l'intelligence. Au Six Ahau, c'en etait +fait, apres trente quatre ans." + +The name Hunac Eel should be Hunac Ceel, as it is given in the other +chronicles. It means "he who causes great fear," _hunac_ in composition +means much, great, and _ceel_, cold, also the fright and terror which +makes one shiver as with cold ("espanto, asombro o turbacion que causa +frio." _Dicc. de Motul_, MS).[TN-18] + +11. This important section describes the destruction of the great city +of Mayapan, which occurred somewhere between A.D. 1420-1450. The reasons +given for the act are not clear. + +_Tumenel u pack tulum, tumenel multepal ich cah Mayalpan_, appears to me +to have the precise meaning I have given in the text; but Pio Perez +translates the passage thus "fue invadido por los hombres de Itza y su +rey Ulmil, el territorio fortificado de Mayalpan, porque tenia murallas, +y porque gobernaba en comun el pueblo de aquella ciudad." + +The expression _multepal_, from _mul_, to do an act jointly, or in +common, and _tepal_, to govern, is interesting as showing that the +government of the country in its golden days of prosperity was not one +of an autocratic monarch, but a league or confederation of the principal +chiefs of the peninsula. This is also borne out by the descriptions of +the ancient government to be found in the pages of Landa and Herrera. + +The Itzas seized the territory in and around Mayapan, but they were not +the ones who destroyed the city. This was the work of _Ahuitzil[c]ul_, +foreign mountaineers. _[C]ul_, is the common term for a foreigner in +Maya, and is now-a-days applied especially to the whites. _Uitz_, +mountain, is used with reference to the high sierra which runs through +central Yucatan, and so Pio Perez understood _ahuitzil_, "los que tenian +sus ciudades en la parte montanosa." This is probably correct, though we +do not know to whom this appellation refers. Yet it may be added that +another meaning can be given to the phrase; _uitz_ is the term applied +by the natives in some parts of the peninsula to the artificial mounds +or pyramids on which their temples were situated, which are usually +called _muul_.[132-1] In this sense _ahuitzil [c]ul_ should be rendered +"foreigners who had great pyramids." + +The words _tan cah Mayapan_ (not Mayalpan as before) are rendered by Pio +Perez and Brasseur as the name of a province or district; but as they +simply mean "in the middle of the city of Mayapan," it appears to be +their signification here. + +12. "After the fortress was depopulated" or destroyed. This no doubt +refers to the fortress of Mayapan, spoken of in the previous section. +Aguilar and his companions were wrecked on the coast of Yucatan, in +1511, and this is probably the earliest date of any actual landing of +Europeans, although in 1506, Pinzon had sighted the eastern shores. + +13. _Mayacimil_, "the death of the Mayas," a term applied to a general +and fatal pestilence. Such are referred to by Landa (_Relacion_, Sec. X.) +and Cogolludo (_Historia de Yucatan_, Lib. IV, cap. VI),[TN-19] The +_Diccionario de Motul_, MS. has this entry: + +"MAYACIMIL: una mortandad grande que fue en Yucatan. Y tomase por +qualquier mortandad y pestilencia que lleva mucha gente." + +_Noh kakil_, _noh_, great, _kak_, fire, is the usual word for the +smallpox. + +The reference to the death of Ahpula, who, as we learn from another +chronicle, was a member of the royal Xiu family, is especially valuable +as assigning a definite date in both the Maya and European calendars. It +is specified with great minuteness, and yet Pio Perez made the serious +error in his computations regarding the Maya calendar of reading "the +sixth year of the 13th ahau" instead of "six years from the close of the +13th ahau," as, in fact, he himself elsewhere translated it. + +The expression _u xocol haab ti lakin cuchie_, "the reckoning of the +year was toward the East," refers to the circle or wheel marked with the +four cardinal points by which the years were arranged with reference to +the four "year-bearers" Kan, Muluc, Ix and Cauac. + +The last words of this section, "sixty years after the fortress was +destroyed," are an obvious error, as in the preceding section this date +is said to be that of the first arrival of the Spaniards. + +14. _Kul uincob_, "mighty men," from _kul_, strong, powerful, probably +akin to _ku_, god, but not with the religious signification which +_kuyen_ has (see page 125). _Caputzihil_, literally "to be born a second +time." Bishop Landa assures us positively that a rite of baptism was +known to the Mayas before the arrival of the whites, and that this name +was applied to it (_Relacion_, p. 144). As will be seen on a later page, +Maya writers usually employed another term to express Christian baptism. + +The year in which Bishop Francisco Toral first came to Yucatan was 1562 +(Cogolludo, _Hist. de Yucatan_, Lib. VI, cap. VI). He died in Mexico in +1571. + +The remainder of this chronicle has never been translated or published. +It refers to facts after the Conquest, but I think it of interest to +give it completely, as its manner of dealing with known dates will throw +light on its general accuracy. + +15. Bishop Diego de Landa, second bishop of the diocese of Merida, died +at that city in 1579, aged fifty-four years. The first missionaries that +came to Mani were Fathers Villalpando and Benavente, in 1547 (Cogolludo, +_Hist._, Lib. V, cap. VII). The convent there was established in 1549. + +16. No town of the name Yokhaa is now known. But I find on the ancient +native map of Mani, dating from 1557, given by Stephens (_Travels in +Yucatan_, Vol. II, p. 264), a locality marked _Yokha_, marked with a +cross. This is no doubt the reference in the text. + +17. The Auditor Don T[)o]mas Lopez came to Yucatan from Guatemala. He +was in Yucatan as early as 1552, and published laws in that year +(Cogolludo, Lib. V, cap. XIX, Lib. VII, cap. XI). A hospital was founded +very early in Mani, according to Cogolludo, but he does not give the +exact date (_ibid._, Lib. IV, cap. XX). + +18. Doctor Don Diego Quijada arrived in Yucatan in 1562, and remained +until 1565. + +19. When Landa was provincial, 1562-65, various Indians were hanged on +account of the prevalence of suicide. + +20. What Marshall is referred to is uncertain, _thulub_ should probably +be _chulub_, and so I have translated it. Berendt suggested _ca botab +chulub_, "when they paid for water," the reference being to a great +drought. + +21. An epidemic of measles and smallpox, in 1609, is referred to by +Cogolludo (Lib. IX, cap. I). + +22. In 1610 three Indians of Tekax were hanged for having killed their +chief Don Pedro Xiu (Cogolludo, Lib. IX, cap. I). + +23. The reference is to a census or assessment of the town. None is +mentioned in this year by Cogolludo, nor does he speak of the Judge +Diego Pareja. + + +FOOTNOTES: + +[89-1] "No lo pudiendo sufrir los otros Senores, se conjuraron con el +Senor de los Tutuxius, i acudiendo en Dia senalado a la Casa del Senor +Cocom, le mataron con sus Hijos, salvo uno, que estaba ausente, i le +saquearon la Casa, i le tomaron sus Heredades, i desamparon la Ciudad +[de Mayapan], deseando cada Senor vivir en libertad en sus Pueblos, al +cabo de quinientos Anos, que se fundo, en la qual havian vivido con +mucha Policia; i havria que se despoblo, segun la cuenta de los Indios, +hasta que llegaron los Castellanos a Yucatan, setenta Anos. Cada Senor +procuro de llevar los mas Libros de sus Ciencias, que pudo, a su Tierra, +adonde hicieron Templos; i esta es la principal causa de los muchos +Edificios, que hai en Yucatan. Siguio toda su gente Ahxiui, Senor de los +Tutuxius, i poblo en Mani, que quiere decir, ia paso; como si dixese, +hagamos Libro nuevo; i de tal manera poblaron sus Pueblos, que hicieron +una gran Provincia, que se llama oi dia, Tutuxiu." Herrera, _Historia de +las Indias Occidentales_, Dec. IV, Lib. X, caps. II, III. + +[90-1] _Historia de Yucatan_, Lib. III, cap. VI. + +[91-1] I quote Dr. Berendt's words. "Los datos historicos que publico +Stephens en el Apendice de su obra fueron extractados de tal libro de +Chilam Balam en poder de un Indio de Mani, maestro de escuela, que por +tener el mismo apelido Balam pretendio ser descendiente del sacerdote de +los Mayas que llego a padrinar esta clase de escritos." _Chilam Balam, +Articulos y Fragmentos en Lengua Maya_ MSS., Advertencia, p. vii. + +I have also in my collection a manuscript copy of what Yucatecan +scholars call the _Codice Perez_, a mass of materials copied by Senor +Pio Perez, among them this chronicle. The following is his own note at +its close:-- + +"Hasta aqui termina el libro titulado Chilambalam que se conserva en el +Pueblo de Mani en poder del maestro de Capilla." + +[92-1] _The Katunes of Maya History_, A Chapter in the Early Chronology +of Central America, with special reference to the Pio Perez Manuscripts. +By Philip J. J. Valentini, Ph. D. _Proceedings of the American +Antiquarian Society_, 1879. (Worcester, Mass. Press of Charles Hamilton, +1880). The reprint is 60 pages, octavo. + +[92-2] Crescencio Carrillo, _Manual de Historia y Geografia de la +Peninsula de Yucatan_, pp. 16-27. (12mo: Merida de Yucatan; imprenta de +J. D. Espinosa e Hijos.) + +[95-1] chichcunahthan. + +[96-1] uchuc. + +[96-2] haban. + +[96-3] ximbal. + +[97-1] ximbal. + +[99-1] chulub. + +[116-1] The Spanish word "poblar" does not mean to people an uninhabited +country, but to found villages and gather the people into communities. + +[120-1] _Historia de las Indias Occidentales Dec._ IV, Lib. X, cap. II. + +[121-1] _Cacal_ is reduplicated from _cab_, land, province, town. The +change from _b_ to _l_ is also seen in _cacalluum_, "tierra buena para +sembrar," _Diccionario de Motul_; also in the town names Tixcacal, +Xcacal, etc. + +[132-1] "En toda la Peninsula existen unos cerros a mano o monticulos +artificiales, que comunmente llaman los naturales en idioma Maya _Muul_ +en algunos lugares, y en otros _Uitz_." Don Jose T. Cervera in the +_Revista de Merida_, Dec. 3, 1871. + + + + +II. THE SERIES OF THE KATUNS. + +_From the Book of Chilan Balam of Tizimin._ + + +Tizimin is a town of some importance, in the district of Valladolid, +about a hundred miles east of Merida. The "Book of Chilan Balam" which +was found there is one of the most ancient known, and appears to have +been written about the close of the sixteenth century. It is now in the +possession of the eminent antiquary, the Canon Crescencio Carrillo y +Ancona, of Merida, who has described it in his work on Maya +literature.[136-1] It contains 26 leaves, without numeration, and on the +17th this chronicle is inserted without title or prefatory remarks. It +is evidently a version of that previously given from the Book of Mani, +although a few additional particulars are stated, and there seems to +have been an attempt to arrange the epochs in more completeness. + +This has led to the insertion of a number of katuns which I think it +evident do not properly come into the count. To correct the list the +katuns 8th, 6th, and 4th, mentioned in Sec.2, should be considered the same +as 8th, 6th, and 4th, repeated in Sec.3 and Sec.4. Again, in section 11, the +8th katun, on which the attack on Mayapan occurs, is to be considered +the same as the 8th with which Sec.12 begins, and the whole of the 25 +katuns which are either stated to have intervened, or must be added in +order to make the series correct, are to be omitted. Finally, the 8th +katun at the close of Sec.10 should immediately follow the 10th at the +close of Sec.8. + + +TEXT. + + 1. Uaxac ahau. + + Uac ahau[TN-20] + + Can ahau. + + Cabil ahau--[138-1]cakal hab catac humppel hab tu humpiztun + ahoxlahunahau. + + 2. Oxlahun ahau. + + Uaxac ahau. + + Uac ahau. + + Ca ahau; kuchci chacnabiton mekat tutul xiu, humppel hab mati hokal + hab. + + 3. Uaxac ahau; uch cuchi [138-2]canpahal chic[=h]en Ytza; uch cu + chicpahal tzucubte Zian can lae. + + 4. Can ahau. + + Cabil ahau. + + Oxlahun ahau; lai tzolci pop. + + 5. Buluc ahau. + + Bolon ahau. + + Uuc ahau. + + Ho ahau. + + Ox ahau. + + Hun ahau; lahunkal hab cu tepal chic[=h]en Ytza, ca paxi ca binob t + cahtal chakanputun ti yanhi yotochob ahYtzaob kuyan uinicobi. + + 6. Uac ahau; chuccu lumil chakanputun. + + Can ahau. + + Cabil ahau. + + Oxlahun ahau. + + Buluc ahau. + + Bolon ahau. + + Uuc ahau. + + Ho ahau. + + Ox ahau. + + Hun ahau. + + Lahca ahau. + + Lahun ahau. + + Uaxac ahau; paxci chakanputun; oxlahunkal hab cu tepal chacanputun + tumen Ytza [139-1]unincob; ca talob u tzaclob yotochob tucaten; ca u + zatahob be chakanputun; lay u katunil [139-2]biciob ahYtzaob yalan + che, yalan haban, yalan ak ti numyaob. + + 7. Vac ahau. + + Can ahau; cakal hab ca talob u he[c] yotochob tu caten; ca u zatahob + be chankanputun. + + Cabil ahau. + + Oxlahun ahau. + + Buluc ahau. + + Bolon ahau. + + Vuc ahau. + + Ho ahau. + + Ox ahau. + + Hun ahau. + + Lahca ahau. + + 8. Lahun ahau; u he[c]cicab ahzuitok tutulxiu uxmal; lahunkal hab cuchi + ca he[c]iob lum Uxmal. + + 9, 10. Buluc ahau. + + Bolon ahau. + + Uuc ahau. + + Ho ahau. + + Ox ahau. + + Hun ahau. + + Lahca ahau. + + Lahun ahau. + + Uaxac ahau; paxci u halach vinicil chic[=h]en Ytza tu kebanthan hunac + ceel, ah zinte yut chan, tzumte cum, taxal, pantemit, xuchvevet, + Itzcoat, kakal cat, lai u kaba u uinicilob lae uuctulob tumen u uahal + uahob y ytzmal ulil ahau: oxlahun uu[c] u katunilob ca paxob tumen + hunac ceel, tumen u [c]abal u natob. + +11. Uac ahau. + + Can ahau; cakal hab ca chuci u lumil ahau, tumen u kebanthan hunac + ceel. + + Cabil ahau. + + Oxlahun ahau. + + Buluc ahau. + + Bolon ahau. + + Uuc ahau. + + Ho ahau. + + Ox ahau. + + Hun ahau. + + Lahca ahau. + + Uaxac ahau; uchci puchtun ich paa Mayapan tumen u pach tulum, tu tumen + multepal ich cah mayapan. + + Uac ahau. + + Cabil ahau; oxlahun tun mani [c]ulob u yaxil cob u lumil Yucatan + tzucubte; cankal hab catac oxlahun pizi. + + Buluc ahau. + + Bolon ahau. + + Uuc ahau. + + Ho ahau. + + Ox ahau. + + Hun ahau. + + Lahca ahau. + + Lahun ahau,[TN-21] + + Uaxac ahau. + + Uac ahau. + + Can ahau. + + Cabil ahau. + + Oxlahun ahau. + + Buluc ahau. + +12. Uaxac ahau; paxci cah mayapan tumenel vitzil [c]ul; lahunkal hab + catac cankal habi. + +13. Can ahau; uchi maya cimlal ocnalkuchil ych paa. + + Cabil ahau; uchci nohkakil. + + Oxlahun ahau; [142-1]uchci cimil ahpulha, uacppel hab u binel ca + [c]ococ u xol oxlahun ahau cuchie, ti yan u xocol hab ti lakin + cuchie, canil kan, cumlahi pop hool han, tu holhun zip catac oxppeli, + bolon imix u kinil cimci ahpulha laitun hab=1536 cuchi. + +14. Buluc ahau; ulci [c]ulob----kul uincob ti lakin u talob ca ulob uai + tac lumile. + + Bolon ahau; hopci xptianoil; uchci caputzihil; lai li ichil u katunil + ulci yax obispo toral heix hab cu [142-2]xinbal cuchie--1544. + +15. Vuc ahau; cimci obispo Landa ichil u katunil. + +16. Ho ahau, ca yum cahi padre mani lai hab cu ximbal cuchi la--1550; + lai hab cu ximbal ca cahiob yok ha, 1552 cuchi. + +17. 1559, hab ca uli oydor ca paki spital. + +18. 1560, u habil ca uli Doctor quixada yax halach uinic uai ti lume. + +19. 1562, hab ca uchci chuitab. + +20. 1563, hab ca uli mariscal. + +21. 1569, hab ca uchi kakil. + +22. 1619, u habil ca hichi u cal [143-1]ahkaxob. + +23. 1611, hab ca [c]ibtabi cah tumenel Jues. + + +TRANSLATION. + + 1. The eighth ahau. + + The sixth ahau. + + The fourth ahau. + + The second ahau; four score years and one year to the first year of the + thirteenth ahau. + + 2. The thirteenth ahau. + + The eighth ahau. + + The sixth ahau. + + The fourth ahau; Mekat Tutulxiu arrived at Chacnabiton; five score + years lacking one year. + + 3. The eighth ahau; it occurred that Chichen Itza was learned about; the + discovery of the province of Zian can took place. + + 4. The fourth ahau. + + The second ahau. + + The thirteenth ahau; then Pop was counted in order. + + 5. The eleventh ahau. + + The ninth ahau. + + The seventh ahau. + + The fifth ahau. + + The third ahau. + + The first ahau; ten score years they ruled Chichen Itza, then it was + destroyed and they went to live at Chakanputun, where were the houses + of those of Itza, holy men. + + 6. The sixth ahau; the land of Chakanputun was seized. + + The fourth ahau. + + The second ahau. + + The thirteenth ahau. + + The eleventh ahau. + + The ninth ahau. + + The seventh ahau. + + The fifth ahau. + + The third ahau. + + The first ahau. + + The twelfth ahau. + + The tenth ahau. + + The eighth ahau; Chakanputun was abandoned; for thirteen score years + Chakanputun was ruled by the men of Itza; then they came in search of + their houses a second time; and they lost the road to Chakanputun; in + this katun those of Itza were under the trees, under the boughs, + under the branches, to their sorrow. + + 7. The sixth ahau. + + The fourth ahau: two score years, and they came and established their + houses a second time; when they lost the road to Chakanputun. + + The second ahau. + + The thirteenth ahau. + + The eleventh ahau. + + The ninth ahau. + + The seventh ahau. + + The fifth ahau. + + The third ahau. + + The first ahau. + + The twelfth ahau. + + 8. The tenth ahau; Ahzuitok Tutulxiu founded Uxmal: ten score years had + passed when they established the territory of Uxmal. + + 9, 10. The eleventh ahau. + + The ninth ahau. + + The seventh ahau. + + The fifth ahau. + + The third ahau. + + The first ahau. + + The twelfth ahau. + + The tenth ahau. + + The eighth ahau; the ruler deserted (depopulated) Chichen Itza, on + account of the plot of Hunac Ceel; Ahzinteyut Chan, Tzumtecum, Taxal, + Pantemit, Xuchueuet, Itzcoat, Kakalcat, these were the names of the + seven men; on account of the banquet with Ulil, ruler of Itzmal; + there were thirteen divisions of warriors when they were driven out + by Hunac Ceel, in order that they might know what was to be given. + +11. The sixth ahau. + + The fourth ahau: two score years; then the ruler seized the land on + account of the plot of Hunac Ceel. + + The second ahau. + + The thirteenth ahau. + + The eleventh ahau. + + The ninth ahau. + + The seventh ahau. + + The fifth ahau. + + The third ahau. + + The first ahau. + + The twelfth ahau. + + The tenth ahau. + + The eighth ahau; fighting took place in the fortress Mayapan, on + account of the seizure of the castle, and on account of the joint + government in the city of Mayapan. + + The sixth ahau. + + The second ahau; on the thirteenth foreigners passed, they say for + the first time, to this land, the province Yucatan; four score years + and thirteen. + + The eleventh ahau. + + The ninth ahau. + + The seventh ahau. + + The fifth ahau. + + The third ahau. + + The first ahau. + + The twelfth ahau. + + The tenth ahau. + + The eighth ahau. + + The sixth ahau. + + The fourth ahau. + + The second ahau. + + The thirteenth ahau. + + The eleventh ahau. + +12. The eighth ahau; Mayapan was depopulated by foreigners from the + mountains; ten score years and four score years. + +13. The fourth ahau; the pestilence, the general death, took place in + the fortress. + + The second ahau; the smallpox took place. + + The thirteenth ahau; the death of Ahpulha took place; it was the + sixth year when ended the count of the thirteenth ahau; the count of + the year was from the east, (the month) Pop passed on the fifth kan; + on the eighteenth of (the month) Zip, 9 Imix, was the day Ahpulha + died; it was the year 1536. + +14. The eleventh ahau; foreigners arrived--mighty men from the east; + they came, they arrived here in this land. + + The ninth ahau; Christianity began; baptism took place; also in this + katun came the first bishop Toral; the year which was passing + was--1544. + +15. The seventh ahau; bishop Landa died in this katun. + +16. The fifth ahau; the Fathers settled at Mani; the year that was + passing was 1550; in the year 1552 they settled upon the water. + +17. 1559; this year came the auditor and built the Hospital. + +18. 1560; this year arrived Doctor Quixada, the first governor here in + this land. + +19. 1562; this year took place the hanging. + +20. 1563; this year came Mariscal. + +21. 1569; this year smallpox occurred. + +22. 1610; this year those of Tekax were hanged. + +23. 1611; this year the towns were written down by the Judge. + + +NOTES. + +The entire omission of the introductory paragraph of the Mani chronicle, +with its references to the Quetzalcoatl myth, is noteworthy. + +As neither chronicle begins with the beginning of an Ahau Katun, it is +obvious that some era was fixed upon in later days from which to count +the Katuns backward in time to the dawn of tradition, as well as +forward. + +2. On the name _Chacnabiton_ see page 123. + +3. _Canpahal_ I take to be an old form of _canchahal_ or _canlaahal_, +both of which mean to learn or learn about. On _Zian can_ see page 124. + +4. I am at a loss for the exact bearing of the expression _lai tzolci +Pop_. Pop is the first month in the Maya year; _tzoolol_ is "to be +counted in order" (_Dicc. Motul_); the preterite in _ci_ would seem to +justify the rendering "since then Pop was counted in regular +succession;" (see remarks on the effect of _ci_, on page 106); in other +words, that the calendar was adopted at that time, which was also at the +beginning of an Ahau Katun, and, by the count given (supplying the +katuns not mentioned by the writer) thirty katuns, 600 years, since +their traditions began. + +6. _Chuccu_, passive of _chucah_, to seize, take possession of. + +_Zatahob be_, "they lost the road," probably meant, in a figurative +sense, that they were prevented by intervening unfriendly tribes from +continuing their intercourse with the western coast. _Biciob_, evidently +for _binciob_. The expression _yalan che_, _yalan haban_, _yalan ak_, +has already been explained (page 126). + +13. _Ocnakuchil._ The derivation of this word is stated to be from +_ocol_, to enter, _na_, the houses, _kuch_, the crow or buzzard, the +number of the dead being so great that the carrion birds entered the +dwellings to prey upon the bodies. + +In the account of Ahpula's death _ca [c]ococ_ should, I think, read _ca +ma [c]ococ_, "when not yet was ended." + + +FOOTNOTES: + +[136-1] _Disertacion sobre la Historia de la Lengua Maya o Yucateca_, in +the _Revista de Merida_, 1870, p. 128. + +[138-1] cankal. + +[138-2] canlaahal. + +[139-1] uinicob. + +[139-2] binciob. + +[142-1] uchuc. + +[142-2] ximbal. + +[143-1] tikaxob. + + + + +III. THE RECORD OF THE COUNT OF THE KATUNS. + +_From the Book of Chilan Balam of Chumayel._ + + +The village of Chumayel is about six leagues east of Mani, and within +the boundaries of the province anciently ruled by the Xiu family. + +The copy of the Book of Chilan Balam which was found there was a +redaction made by an Indian, Don Juan Josef Hoil, in 1782. Like all +these volumes it is a sort of common place book, in which were copied +miscellaneous articles from much older manuscripts. One of these bears +the date 1689, but most of them have no date attached. Hoil's original +is, I believe, in the possession of the Canon Crescencio Carrillo y +Ancona, of Merida. A fac-simile copy, by the hand of the late Dr. +Berendt, is in my possession. + +At the close of the volume, ff. 40-44, are found three summaries of the +ancient history of Yucatan, which are those I am about to give. They +have never been translated from the original, nor published in any form, +and they contain details of interest. They are evidently from different +sources, and are also different from those previously given. + + +TEXT. + +U kahlay u xocan katunob uchi u chictahal u Chic[=h]een Ytza uchi lae +lay [c]iban ti cab lae uchebal yoheltabal tumen hijmac yolah yohel te ti +xocol katun lae. + + * * * * * + +1. VI. Uac ahau uchci u chictahal u chic[=h]een Ytza. + + IIII. Can ahau lae. + + II. Cabil ahau. + + XIII. Oxlahun ahau tzolci pop. + + XI. Buluc ahau. + + IX. Bolon ahau. + + VII. Uuc ahau. + + V. Ho ahau. + + III. Ox ahau. + + I. Hun ahau. + + XII. Lahca ahau. + + X. Lahun ahau; paxci u chic[=h]een Ytza; uchi oxlahun uu[c] katun + cacahi chakanputun ti yotochob u katunil. + + * * * * * + +2. VI. Uac ahau. + + IIII. Can ahau; chucci u lumil tumenob Chakanputun. + + II. Cabil ahau. + + XIII. Oxlahun ahau. + + XI. Buluc ahau. + + IX. Bolon ahau. + + VII. Uuc ahau. + + V. Ho ahau. + + III. Ox ahau. + + I. Hun ahau. + + XII. Lahca ahau. + + X. Lahun ahau. + + VIII. Uaxac ahau; paxci chakan putunob tumenob ah Ytza uinicob ca + taliob u tzacle u yotochob tu caten; oxlahun uu[c] u katunil; + cahanob chakan putunob tic yotochob; layli u katunil binciob + ah Ytzaob yalan che, yalan haban, yalan ak, ti numyaob lae. + +3. VI. Uac ahau. + + IIII. Can ahau. + + II. Cabil ahau. + + XIII. Oxlahun ahau. + + XI. Buluc ahau. + + IX. Bolon ahau. + + VII. Uuc ahau. + + V. Ho ahau. + + III. Ox ahau. + + I. Hun ahau. + + XII. Lahca ahau. + + X. Lahun ahau. + + VIII. Uaxac ahau; paxci ahYtza uinicob ti yotochob tu caten, tumen u + kebanthan hun nac ceel, tumen u uahal uahob _y_ ahYtzmal; + oxlahunuu[c] u katunil cahanobi ca paxiob tumen hun nac ceel, + tumen a [c]abal u natob ahYtzaob lae. + +4. VI. Uac ahau. + + IIII. Can ahau: chucci u luumil ichpaa Mayapan tumen AhYtza uinicob, + likulob ti yotoche tumenel ahYtzmalob, tumen u kebanthan - - - - + hun nac ceel lae. + +5. II. Cabil ahau. + + XIII. Oxlahun ahau. + + XI. Buluc ahau. + + IX. Bolon ahau. + + VII. Uuc ahau,[TN-22] + + V. Ho ahau. + + III. Ox ahau. + + I. Hun ahau. + + XII. Lahca ahau. + + X. Lahun ahau. + + VIII. Uaxac ahau: uchci puc[=h]tun ychpaa Mayapan tumen u pach paa, u + pach tulum, tumen multepal ych cah Mayapan lal lae. + +6. VI. Uac ahau. + + IIII. Can ahau: uchci mayacimlal; uchci ocnakuchil ych paa. + + II. Cabil ahau: uchci kakil nohkakile. + +7. XIII. Oxlahun ahau; cimci Ahpula uacppel haab; u binel u xocol haab + ti lakin cuchie; [156-1]caanil kan cumlahci pop ti lakin he + tunte na cici pahool katun haab; hun hix cip catac oxppeli Bolon + ymix hi; u kinil lay cimci Ahpula lae napotxiu tu habil _D^o._ + 158 anos. + +8. XI. Buluc ahau: hulciob kul uinicob ti lakin; u yah talzah; ulob u + yaxchun uay lae luumil coon maya uinice tu habil _D^o._ 1523 + anos. + + IX. Bolon ahau: hoppci _xpnoil_; uchci caputzihil; laytal ychil u + katunil hulci _obispo_ tora [157-1]ua; xane hauci [157-2]huytabe + tu habil _D^o._ 1546 anos. + + VII. Uuc ahau: cimci _obispo de Landa_. + + V. Hoo ahau. + + III. Ox ahau. + + +TRANSLATION. + +This is the Record of the count of the katuns from when took place the +discovery of Chichen Itza; this is written for the town in order that it +may be known by whoever wishes to know as to the counting of the katuns. + + * * * * * + +1. VI. In the sixth ahau took place the discovery of Chichen Itza. + + IIII. This is the fourth ahau. + + II. The second ahau. + + XIII. The thirteenth ahau; Pop was set in order. + + XI. The eleventh ahau. + + IX. The ninth ahau. + + VII. The seventh ahau. + + V. The fifth ahau. + + III. The third ahau. + + I. The first ahau. + + XII. The twelfth ahau. + + X. The tenth ahau; Chichen Itza was abandoned; at this time it took + place that thirteen divisions of warriors went to Chakanputun + for houses. + + * * * * * + +2. VI. The sixth ahau. + + IIII. The fourth ahau; the land was taken in possession by those of + Chakanputun. + + II. The second ahau. + + XIII. The thirteenth ahau. + + XI. The eleventh ahau. + + IX. The ninth ahau. + + VII. The seventh ahau. + + V. The fifth ahau. + + III. The third ahau. + + I. The first ahau. + + XII. The twelfth ahau. + + X. The tenth ahau. + + VIII. The eighth ahau: Chakanputun was deserted by the men of Itza + when they came in search of their houses for the second time; + thirteen divisions of warriors dwelt in the houses at + Chakanputun; in this katun those of Itza were under the trees, + under the boughs, under the branches, to their misery. + +3. VI. The sixth ahau. + + IV. The fourth ahau. + + II. The second ahau. + + XIII. The thirteenth ahau. + + XI. The eleventh ahau. + + IX. The ninth ahau. + + VII. The seventh ahau. + + V. The fifth ahau. + + III. The third ahau. + + I. The first ahau. + + XII. The twelfth ahau. + + X. The tenth ahau. + + VIII. The eighth ahau: the men of Itza were driven out of their houses + a second time because of the plot of Hunac Ceel, because of the + festivities with those of Itzmal; thirteen divisions of warriors + dwelt there when they were driven out by Hunnac Ceel in order + that those of Itza might know what was to be given. + +4. VI. The sixth ahau. + + IIII. The fourth ahau; the territory of the fortress of Mayapan was + seized by the men of Itza as also the houses by those of Itzamal + because of the plotting - - - - of Hunnac Ceel. + +5. II. The second ahau. + + XIII. The thirteenth ahau. + + XI. The eleventh ahau. + + IX. The ninth ahau. + + VII. The seventh ahau. + + V. The fifth ahau. + + III. The third ahau. + + I. The first ahau. + + XII. The twelfth ahau. + + X. The tenth ahau. + + VIII. The eighth ahau: there was fighting in the fortress of Mayapan + because of the seizure of the fortress and the fortified town by + the joint government in the city of Mayapan. + +6. VI. The sixth ahau. + + IV. The fourth ahau: the pestilence took place, the general death took + place in the fortress. + + II. The second ahau; the smallpox broke out. + +7. XIII. The thirteenth ahau; Ahpula died the sixth year; the count of + the years was toward the east: (the month) Pop began on 4 Kan to + the east * * * * * 9 Imix was the day on which Ahpula NapotXiu + died in the year of the Lord 158. + +8. XI. The eleventh ahau: the mighty men came from the East, they + brought the sickness; they arrived for the first time in this + country we Maya men say in the year 1513. + + IX. The ninth ahau: Christianity began; baptism took place; also in + this katun arrived bishop Toral here; also the hanging ceased in + the year 1546. + + VII. The seventh ahau; bishop Landa died. + + V. The fifth ahau. + + III. The third ahau. + + +NOTES. + +The writer states, in a brief introduction, the nature and purpose of +his composition. + +_U kahlay_, the record, or the memoir, from _kahal_, to remember. The +concrete meaning of the root is "to know by sight, to recognize." +_[c]iban_, past participle, passive voice, of _[c]ib_ to write: the +original signification of the word is "to paint." _Yoheltabal_, passive +form of _ohel_, to know, which is always conjugated with the pronominal +prefixes, _u_, _a_, _y_. _Yolah_, syncopated form of _u uolah_, he +wills, wishes, _uol=volo_, _uolah=voluntas_. + +It will be noticed that this chronicle is not called an "arrangement" of +the katuns, _tzolan katun_, but a count or reckoning of them, _xocan_ or +_xocol_, from _xoc_, to count. + +1. The count begins with the discovery of Chichen Itza, mentions that +Pop was "counted in order" at the beginning of the next following Ahau +Katun, and having stated the desertion of Chichen Itza and the migration +to Chakanputun, the chronicler draws a line, as if to separate broadly +these occurrences from those which followed. + +5. The distinction between _paa_ and _tulum_ appears to be that _tulum_ +is an enclosure surrounded by a defensive wall, and this wall itself; +while _paa_ is a castle, or, in Maya land, a mound or pyramid with +buildings on it erected for purposes of defence. + +6. _Kakil nohkakil_, the fire, the great fire, but here in the sense of +a contagious febrile disease, probably the smallpox. + +7. The text in this section is corrupt, and I leave a line untranslated. +The writer informs us, what was omitted in the previous chronicles, that +the Ahpula whose death is so carefully mentioned by all, was a member of +the Xiu family which reigned over the province of Mani. They were almost +the first of the powerful Maya nobles to make friends with the +Spaniards. The date 158 is apparently intended for 1538, or perhaps +1508, which is more consistent with the following section, but less so +with the previous chronicles. + +_Kul uinicob_, as remarked on page 133, means "the mighty men," not the +"holy men," as generally translated. The term was applied to the +Spaniards. The _Dicc. de Motul_ MS. says:--"KULVINIC: muy hombre, hombre +de respeto y de hecho, y llaman asi los Indios a los Espanoles." _U yah +talzah_, they bring the sickness, probably the smallpox. _Coon_ or +_con_, 1st pers. pl. pres. indic. of the irregular verb _cen_ (_cihi_, +_ciac_), to say, to tell. + + +FOOTNOTES: + +[156-1] Canil. + +[157-1] uay. + +[157-2] chuytabe. + + + + +IV. THE MAYA KATUNS. + +_From the Book of Chilan Balam of Chumayel,_ + + +The following chronicle is stated by its writer to be distinctively +called the "Maya Katuns," and to be written for (or by) the Itzas. We +have, therefore, no longer to do with the reckoning of the subjects of +the Xiu family who ruled at Mani, but with one which emanates from the +priests of the Cocomes, who were hereditary masters of Chichen Itza. It +is evidently of different origin, although many of the same facts are +referred to in it. + + +TEXT. + +U kahlay katunob utial ahYtzaob mayakatun u kaba lae. + + * * * * * + +1. Lahca ahau. + + Lahun ahau. + + Uaxac ahau. + + Uac ahau; paxciob ahoni. + + Can ahau. + + Cabil ahau. + + Oxlahun ahau. + + Buluc ahau. + + Bolon ahau. + + Uuc ahau. + + Hoo ahau; paxci u cah yahau ahYtzmal kinich kakmo _y_ pop hol chan +tumenel hun nac ceel. + + Ox ahau. + +2. Hun ahau: paxci yala ahYtza tu c[=h]icheen, tu yoxpiztun ychil hun +ahau paxci u chic[=h]een. + + Lahca ahau. + + Lahun ahau. + +3. Uaxac ahau: u katunil he[c]ci cah yala ahYtza likul yan che yalan +haban tan xuluc mul u kaba ti likulob ca u he[c]ahob luum Zaclactun +Mayapan u kaba tu uucpiztun uaxac ahau u katunil; laix u katunil cimci +Chakanputun tumen kak u pa cal yetel tec uilue. + +4. Uac ahau. + + Can ahau. + + Cabil ahau. + + Oxlahun ahau. + + Buluc ahau. + + Bolon ahau. + + Uuc ahau. + + Hoo ahau: ulci [c]ul ti chibil uinic, yxma pic [c]ul u kaba; ma paxci +peten tumenelobi. + + Ox ahau. + +5. Hun ahau: paxci peten tan cah mayapan u kaba tu hunpiztun ychil hun +ahau u katunile; lukci halach uinic tutul _y_ u Batabilob cabe _y_ +cantzuc culcahobe; lay u katunil paxi uincob tan cah [167-1]cauec +[167-2]chahiob u Batabilob cabe. + +6. Lahca ahau te c[=h]abi Otzmal u tunile. + + Lahun ahau, te c[=h]abi Zizal u tunile. + + Uaxac ahau, te c[=h]abi Kancaba u tunile. + + Uac ahau, te c[=h]abi hunnacthi u tunile. + +7. Can ahau, te c[=h]abi atikuhe u tunilae; lay u katunil uchci +mayacimlal tu hopiztun ychil can ahau u katunil lae. + + Cabil ahau, te c[=h]abi chacalna u tunile. + + Oxlahun ahau, te c[=h]abi euan u tunile. + +8. Buluc ahau, u yaxchun kin coloxpeten c[=h]abi u tunile; laix u +katunil cimci Ahpula Napotxiu u kaba tu hunpiztun Buluc ahau. Laix u +katunil yax hulciob espanolesob uay tac lumil lae tu uucpiztun Buluc +ahau u katunil tiix hoppi xpnoil lae tu habil quinientos diez y nueve +anos D^o 1519 a^s. + +9. Bolon ahau ma c[=h]abi u tunil lae; lay katun yax ulci obispo Fray +Fran^co [168-1]to Ral, huli tu uacpiztun ychil ahBolon ahau katun lae. + + Uac ahau, ma c[=h]abi u tunil lae; lay u katunil cimci Obispo e landa +lae, tii xuli uhel Obispo xani. + + Hoo ahau. + + Ox ahau. + + +TRANSLATION. + +The Record of the Katuns by the men of Itza called the Maya Katuns. + + * * * * * + +1. The twelfth ahau. + + The tenth ahau. + + The eighth ahau. + + The sixth ahau; the well dressed ones were driven out. + + The fourth ahau. + + The second ahau. + + The thirteenth ahau. + + The eleventh ahau. + + The ninth ahau. + + The seventh ahau. + + The fifth ahau; the town was destroyed by Kinich kakmo, ruler of +Itzmal, and Pop Hol Chan on account of Hunnac Ceel. + + The third ahau. + +2. The first ahau; the remainder of the Itzas at Chichen were driven +out; on the third year in the first ahau Chichen was depopulated. + + The twelfth ahau. + + The tenth ahau. + +3. The eighth ahau; in this katun was founded a city by the remainder of +the Itzas coming out of the woods from under the branches, from the +midst of Xuluc Mul as it is called; they came from there and established +the land called Zaclactun Mayapan, in the seventh year of the eighth +Ahau katun; in this katun perished Chakanputun by fire, which destroyed +it quickly, and suddenly consumed it. + +4. The sixth ahau. + + The fourth ahau. + + The second ahau. + + The thirteenth ahau. + + The eleventh ahau. + + The ninth ahau. + + The seventh ahau. + + The fifth ahau; foreigners came seeking men to eat; "breechless +foreigners" they were called; the country was not depopulated by them. + + The third ahau. + +5. The first ahau; the district in the middle of Mayapan (or Tancah +Mayapan) was depopulated in the first year of the first ahau katun; +there went forth the governor Tutul, with the chiefs of the country and +four divisions from the towns; in this katun the men in the centre of +the town (or of Tancah) were driven out, and the chiefs of the country +lost their power. + +6. The twelfth ahau: the stone of Otzmal was taken. + + The tenth ahau; the stone of Zizal was taken. + + The eighth ahau; the stone of Kancaba was taken. + + The sixth ahau; the stone of Hunnacthi was taken. + +7. The fourth ahau; the stone of Ahtiku was taken; in this katun took +place the pestilence, in the fifth year in the fourth ahau katun. + + The second ahau; the stone of Chacalna was taken. + + The thirteenth ahau; the stone of Euan was taken. + +8. The eleventh ahau: in the time of its beginning, the stone of +Coloxpeten was taken; in this katun died Ahpula Napotxiu, in the first +year of the eleventh ahau; it was also in this katun that the Spaniards +first arrived here in this land, in the seventh year of the eleventh +ahau katun; also Christianity began in the year fifteen hundred and +nineteen, the year of our Lord 1519. + +9. The ninth ahau; no stone was taken at this time; in this katun first +came the bishop Brother Francisco Toral; he arrived in the sixth year of +the ninth ahau katun. + + The seventh ahau; no stone was taken: in this katun died Bishop Landa; +then also ended the bishop his successor. + + The fifth ahau. + + The third ahau. + + +NOTES. + +1. The writer begins with the 12th ahau, although nothing is noted until +the 6th. Here we have the brief entry _paxciob ahoni_. This might be +translated "those of Oni were driven out or scattered." But no such +locality is known or mentioned elsewhere. The _Diccionario de Motul, +MS._ gives the meaning of _ahoni_ as "pulido, galan, muy bien vestido," +_ahoni a talel ex_, "you come very well dressed." I suppose, therefore, +that it was a term applied to some early tribe who distinguished +themselves in comparison with their ruder neighbors by elegance of +costume. Later we shall find a similar term, "breechless foreigners," +applied to another tribe whose condition of nudity suggested their +appellation. + +The name Kinich Kakmo is mentioned by Cogolludo as that of an idol +worshiped at Itzamal. He says:--"They had another temple on another +mound in the northern part of the city, and this, from the name of an +idol which they worshiped here, they called _Kinich Kakmo_, which means +the sun with a face. They say that the rays were of fire and descended +at mid-day to consume the sacrifice, as the vacamaya flies through the +air (which is a bird something like a parrot, though larger in size, and +with finely colored feathers). They resorted to this idol in time of +mortality, pestilence or much sickness, both men and women, and brought +many offerings. They said that at mid-day a fire descended and consumed +the sacrifice in the sight of all. After this the priests replied to +their inquiries about the sickness, famine or pestilence, and thus they +learned their fate; although it often turned out quite the contrary of +what he predicted." (_Historia de Yucatan_, Lib. IV, cap. VIII.) + +The title given by Cogolludo to the divinity appears to have also been +adopted by the ruling chief, who may also have been the high priest. It +is both imperfectly and incorrectly translated by the historian. Its +components are _kin_, the sun, day; _ich_, the eye, the face; _kak_, +fire; _moo_, the macaw, _Psittacus Macao_, deemed sacred throughout +Mexico and Central America, on account of its beautiful plumage. The +full translation of the name is "the Eye of Day, the Sacred Bird of +Fire," a symbolic name of a solar deity. + +The Chan family is mentioned by Sanchez Aguilar (_Informe contra Idolum +Cultores_, etc.), as among the princely houses of Yucatan at the date of +the Conquest. + +_Paxci u cah_, "the town," that is, Chichen Itza. The writer composed +his chronicle at that place, so he does not think it necessary to name +it specifically. The distance in a straight line from Chichen Itza to +Itzamal is 40 geographical miles. + +2. _Yala_, the remainder, from _ala_, above, over. A portion of the +Itzas remained in Chichen after the attack by Kinich Kakmo; these also +now leave it. + +3. The place _Xuluc mul_ is unknown in the present geography of the +peninsula. It means "the completed mounds," _mul_ being, as I have +before remarked, the name given to the artificial pyramids and tumuli of +stone so common in the peninsula, probably so called from the joint +labor of many in their construction. + +The province of Zaclactun-Mayapan is also unknown, although there is a +hacienda Zaclactun within the boundaries of the modern district of +Itzamal (Berendt, _Nombres geograficos en Lengua Maya_, MS.). The name +apparently means "the place where white pottery is made." + +4. _Ti chibil uinic_ "for men to be eaten;" _chibil_, the passive of +_chii_, to eat. The _Diccionario de Motul_ gives _chibil bak_, flesh to +be eaten. _Pic_ was the breech cloth or waist cloth, fastened around the +waist and falling to the knees, which was the common dress of the women. +The Dictionary just quoted translates the word, "naguas de Indias que se +sirven de saya o faldellin ordinario, para cubrir desde la cintura +abajo; y son las blancas sin color ni bordado." The phrase _ixma pic +[c]ul_, foreigners without a breech cloth, intimates that they were +nude. + +Who were these naked cannibals, who raided the provinces in order to +obtain their unnatural food? Those daring navigators, those naked +man-eaters, the Caribs, from whose name our word _cannibal_ is derived, +at once suggest themselves. Curiously enough, the Abbe Brasseur has +argued for the probability of their invasions upon other (though I think +insufficient) grounds (see his _Informe acerca de las Ruinas de Mayapan +y de Uxmal_). This passage of the chronicle renders his theory probable. + +5. _Peten tan cah Mayapan_ could also be rendered, "the district Tancah +Mayapan." + +6. _C[=h]abi Otzmal u tunile_, "the stone of Otzmal was taken." Otzmal +was a locality under the rule of the Cocomes. (Cogolludo, _Historia_, +Lib. III, cap. VI.) Other versions read Itzmal and Uxmal. The reference +is to the _u he[c] katun_, the setting up of the Katun-stone as a +memorial at the end of each period of twenty years. Incomplete +descriptions of this ceremony are given by Landa, _Relacion_, Sec. IX, and +Cogolludo, _Historia_, Lib. IV, cap. IV. I propose a more extended +examination of this question in a future volume of this series, devoted +to documents relating to the calendars and chronology of the Central +American nations. + +8. The death of Ahpula Napot Xiu is given with minuteness but not in +accordance with previous chronicles. In 1519 Cortes touched at the +Island of Cozumel, and that might have been assumed as the date of the +commencement of Christianity. + + +FOOTNOTES: + +[167-1] caua. + +[167-2] cahiob. + +[168-1] Toral. + + + + +V. THE CHIEF KATUNS. + +_From the Book of Chilan Balam of Chumayel._ + + +The document which follows is brief, but of peculiar interest. It does +not appear to aim at a connected history of events, but in the form of a +chant to refer certain incidents to the katuns in which they occurred. +It has more of a mythological character, and the repetitions remind one +of the refrain of a song. + +It is also found in the Book of Chilan Balam of Chumayel, and is +inserted without explanation or introduction, copied, no doubt, from +some ancient writing. + + +TEXT. + +1. Can ahau u kaba katun; uchci u zihilob----[178-1]pauaha en cuh u +yahauob. + +2. [178-2]Oxhunte ti katun lic u tepalob, lay u kabaob tamuk u tepalob +lae. + +3. Can ahau u kaba katun; emciob [178-3]noh hemal, [178-4][c]eemal, u +kabaob lae. + +4. Oxlahunte ti katun, lic u tepalob, lic u kabaticob, ti i ualac u +cutob. Oxlahun cuthi, u cutob lae. + +5. Can ahau u katunil; uchci u caxanticob u chic[=h]een Ytzua; tii +utzcinnahi mactzil tiob tumen u yumoobe. Cantzuc lukciob cantzucul cab u +kabaob; likul ti likin kin colah peten bini huntzuci; [178-5]kul xaman +naco cob [178-6]hok huntzucci; heix hoki huntzucci holtun cuyuua ti +chikin; hoki huntzuccie canhek uitz, bolonte uitz u kaba u luumil lae. + +6. Can ahau u katunil [178-7]uhci u payalob tu cantzuccilob can tzuccul +cab u kabaob, ca emiob tu chic[=h]een Ytzae ahYtza tun u kabaob. +Oxlahunte ti katun, lic u tepalob; ca oci u kebanthanobi tumen hunnac +ceeli. Ca paxci u calob. Ca biniob tan yol che tan xuluc mul, u kaba. +Can ahau u katunil; uchci yauat pixanobi. Oxlahunte ti katun lic u +tepalobi y u numyaobi. + +7. Uaxac ahau u katunil; uchci yulelob yalaob ahYtza u kabaob. Ca ulob +tii ca ualac u tepalob Chakanputun. Oxlahun ahau u katunii u he[c]ob cah +mayapan mayauinic u kabaob. Uaxac ahau paxci u cahobi; ca uacchabi ti +peten tulacal. Uac katuni paxiob, ca haui u Maya kabaob. Buluc ahau u +kaba u katunil hauci u maya kabaob; Maya uinicob Christiano u kabaob +tulacal u cuchcabal tzo ma Sanc Pedro y Rey ahtepale. + + +TRANSLATION. + +1. The fourth ahau was the name of the katun; the births took place;--; +the towns were taken possession of by the rulers. + +2. It was the thirteenth katun in which they ruled; these were their +names while they ruled. + +3. The fourth ahau was the name of the katun; in it they arrived, the +Great Arrival, the Less Arrival, as they are called. + +4. It was the thirteenth katun in which they ruled, in which they took +names, at that time, while they resided here; in the thirteenth the +residence was continued, they resided here. + +5. The fourth ahau katun; then took place the search for Chichen Itza; +at that time they were marvelously improved by the fathers. They went +forth in four divisions which were called the four territories. One +division came forth from the east of Kin Colah Peten; one division came +forth from the north of Nacocob; one division came forth from the gate +of Zuyuua to the west; one division came forth from the mountains of +Canhek, the Nine Mountains, as the land is called. + +6. The fourth ahau katun; then took place the calling together of the +four divisions, the four territories as they were called, and they +arrived at Chichen Itza and were called the men of Itza. It was the +thirteenth katun in which they ruled; then the plottings were introduced +by Hunnac Ceel, and the territories were destroyed. Then they went into +the midst of the forests, into the midst of Xuluc Mul, so called. The +fourth ahau katun; then singing for their happiness took place. It was +the thirteenth katun in which they governed and had heavy labor. + +7. The eighth ahau katun; thus it took place that there arrived the +remainder of the Itza men as they were called; then they arrived; and +about that time they governed Chakanputun. In the thirteenth ahau katun +those called the Maya men founded the city Mayapan. In the eighth ahau +the towns were destroyed; then they were driven wholly out of the +province. In the sixth katun they were destroyed, and it was ended with +those called Mayas. It was the eleventh ahau katun in which it ended +with those called Mayas. The Maya men were all called Christians and +came under the control of Saint Peter and the King, the rulers. + + +NOTES. + +1. _U zihilob_, the births, probably meaning the beginning of things. +_Pauaha en cuh_ has no meaning that I can make out; I therefore suppose +it an error for _pachah u cah_, and translate in accordance with this +emendation. The phrase seems to refer to the first settlement of the +country, or to the first time the scattered inhabitants were gathered +together in towns by their chiefs. + +2. "These were their names"; but no names are given. They seem to have +been omitted by the copyist. + +3. _Emciob noh hemal [c]eemal_, faulty orthography for _noh emel, +[c]eemel_, the latter syncopated from _[c]e[c]emel_. Literally, "since +they descended; the Great Descent, the Little Descent." + +The tradition here referred to is given at more length by Father Lizana, +in his _Historia de Yucatan_, and is discussed also by Cogolludo +(_Historia de Yucatan_, Lib. IV, cap. III). As the work of the former is +wholly inaccessible, I quote from the reprint of a portion of it in +Brasseur's edition of Diego de Landa's _Relacion_ p. 354. "In former +times they called the East _Cen-ial_, the Little Descent, and the West +_Nohen-ial_, the Great Descent. The reason they give for this is that on +the east of this land a few people descended, and on the west a great +many; and with that syllable they understand little or much, to the east +and the west; and that few people came from one direction and many from +the other." Father Lizana goes on to express his opinion that the few +who came from the East were the Carthaginians, and the many from the +West were the Mexicans. + +The very corrupt form in which he has given the words has led Senor +Eligio Ancona to suppose they belonged to the archaic and secret +language of the priests (_Historia de Yucatan_, Tomo I, p. 24), and Dr. +Carl Schultz-Sellack to imagine that they referred to East and West, +right and left, as he adopted the misreading _[c]iic_, left, for +_[c]e[c]_, little (_Die Amerikanischen Goetter der Vier Weltgegenden_, in +the _Archiv fuer Ethnologie_, Band XI, 1879). But they are readily +analyzed when we have their correct orthography, as given above. The +reference to them in this place shows that the author of the chant was +dealing with the most ancient legends of his race. + +The Itzas who resided in the Peten district left the region around +Chichen Itza some time in the fifteenth century, probably after the fall +of Mayapan. They were ruled by an hereditary chieftain, called by the +Spaniards "the great king, Canek." Under him the territory was divided +into four districts, each with its own chief, with whom the Canek +consulted about important undertakings. + +Evidently in removing to Peten the Itzas were retracing their steps on +the line of their first entrance to the peninsula. They even attempted +to go further west, and guided, probably, by ancient memories, a large +number set out for Tabasco and the banks of the Usumaciuta,[TN-23] where +repose the ruins of Palenque, possibly the home of their ancestors. But +they were attacked and driven back by the natives of Tabasco, with the +loss of their leader, a brother-in-law of the great Canek. These and +other particulars about them are repeated by Villagutierre Sotomayor, +_Historia de la Conquista de la Provincia de el Itza_, folio, Madrid, +1701. + +4. The elliptical form of expression here renders the translation +difficult. The verb _cutal_ (old form _cultal_), pret. _culhi_ or +_cuthi_, fut. _culac_, means to sit down, to remain in a place, to be at +home there, to reside, etc. Perhaps the translation both here and in Sec. 2 +should be, "for thirteen katuns they ruled, etc." + +5. The word _yum_, plural _yumob_, means father and also chief, leader, +ruler, etc. In modern Maya it is the translation of Sir, Mister, Senor. + +The proper names of the localities whence the four divisions are said to +have come, have a mythological cast. I cannot find any of them in the +present geography of Yucatan. Kin Colah Peten is mentioned in a "katun +wheel" in this same Book of Chilan Balam of Chumayel, as the name of one +of the towns which furnished a katun stone. Zuiva I have already +referred to as appearing in the Quetzalcoatl myth (see page 110). + +The mountains of Canhek and the Nine Mountains take us to the Itzas +around Lake Peten, in the extreme south of the peninsula, this last +mentioned division being, in fact, that from the south. + +6. _U payalob_, plural passive of _pay_, to call, to summon. + +_Tan yol che_, _ol_ or _yol_ is the heart or centre of the leaf or +plant; _tan xuluc mul_, see page 174. _Yauat pixanobi_, they were happy +in singing, or, they gained favor by singing. The expression is obscure. +The verb _auat_ is applied to the singing of birds, the crowing of +cocks, and generally to the natural sound made by any animal, and, in +composition, to the sound of musical instruments, as, _auatzah_, to play +on the flute, to blow a trumpet. + +7. _Uacchahi_ from _uacchahal_, appears to be a strongly figurative +expression. It is explained in Pio Perez' Dictionary, "salirse con +esfuerzo de su cubierta o encaje, saltarse de ella _como tripa por el +ano_." + +_Hauic_, from _haual_, to end, finish, cease to exist. Thus the +chronicler closes his recital, repeating the to him no doubt bitter fact +that the Maya nation and the Maya name had passed away. + + +FOOTNOTES: + +[178-1] pachah u cah. + +[178-2] oxlahunte. + +[178-3] nohemel. + +[178-4] [c]e[c]emel. + +[178-5] likul. + +[178-6] hoki. + +[178-7] uchci. + + + + + THE CHRONICLE + OF + CHAC XULUB CHEN. + + BY + NAKUK PECH. + + 1562. + + + + +CHRONICLE OF CHICXULUB. + + +Among the ancient documents collected by Pio Perez was a series relating +to the town of Chicxulub, about six leagues north of Merida. They are +entitled _Documentos de Tierras de Chicxulub, 1542_. They consist of a +history of the town and of the conquest of the country, written by Nakuk +Pech, about 1562; a survey of the town lands by several members of the +Pech family, testified to Feb. 7, 1542; a partial list of the Spanish +conquerors; a portion of an account by another member of the Pech +family, and a further statement by Nakuk Pech. + +The longest and the most interesting of these is the history of the +Conquest, or, as the writer calls it, "the history and the chronicle of +Chacxulubchen"--_u belil u kahlail C[=h]ac Xulub C[=h]en_--this being +one of the native forms of the name of the town. It is headed "Conquest +and Map," but the map has disappeared. Usually such "maps" accompanying +the title papers of towns in Yucatan have as a central figure the +outlines of a church with the name of the town; around this is drawn the +figure of the town lands, with the names of the wells, trees, stones and +other landmarks mentioned in the titles. + +The writer, Nakuk Pech, baptized Pablo Pech, must have been between +sixty and seventy years of age when he drew up his statement, inasmuch +as he mentions occurrences, as late as 1562, and also speaks of himself +as an adult in 1519. He belonged to a noble family, the Pechs of Cumkal, +who are mentioned by Sanchez Aguilar as hereditary _batabs_, or +independent chiefs. They appear to have given their names to the +province on the west coast called Kin Pech, or Campech, known to the +English as Campeachy, and to that of Ceh Pech, in which the city of Ho, +afterwards called Merida, was situated. The Abbe Brasseur,[TN-24] on very +slight grounds, surmised that they were not originally of Maya stock, +but probably descendants of the Caribs.[190-1] + +He states that he was the son of Ak Kom Pech, in baptism Martin Pech, +and the grandson of Ah Tunal Pech, while the head of the house of Pech +seems to have been Ah Naum Pech, baptized Don Francisco de Montejo Pech. + +Pech always uses as the name of his town _Chac Xulub Chen_, which means +"the well of the great horns," probably because some huge antlers were +found there, or were set up to mark the spot. The modern name _Chic +Xulub_ was probably applied to it as a parody, or a play on words. It +means to cuckold one, to put horns on him.[191-1] + +A literal translation of the document was made by Don Manuel Encarnacion +Avila, of Merida, about 1860, and this has been of service to me in +completing the present rendering. But Senor Avila, though familiar with +the Maya of to-day, was evidently not at all acquainted with the ancient +terms with reference to the calendar, and the usages of the natives +before the Conquest. He therefore made serious errors wherever such +occurred. + +Moreover, as it was his purpose to give an extremely literal +translation, he often sacrificed to this both clearness and correctness, +and in various passages his sentences are unintelligible. + +The Abbe Brasseur (de Bourbourg) commenced to copy the original when in +Merida, but completed only the first two paragraphs. He applied for a +copy of the remainder; but by an error he received instead of this an +unfinished transcript of another paper by the Pech family. These +fragments he inserted, with a translation of his own, in the second +volume of the Reports of the _Mission Scientifique au Mexique et a +l'Amerique Centrale_, pp. 110-120 (4 to, Paris, Imprimerie Imperiale: +1870). As his lexicographic resources were, by his own statement, quite +deficient (_id._, note to p. 116), he is scarcely to be criticised if, +as is the case, much of his translation but faintly presents the meaning +of the original. + +It will be seen that I have sacrificed every attempt at elegance in the +English translation to an endeavor to preserve faithfully the style of +the original, even to its needless repetitions and awkward sentences. + + +TEXT. + +_Concixta yetel Mapa._ + +1. U hotzuc ca culhi ah buluc ahau lai katun ca uli Espanolesob ca +cahiob te ti noh cah te ti Ho; lae te ix ah bolon ahaue ti tun cahi +cristianoili; lae he hab yax ulci ca yum Espanolesob uay ti lum lae tu +habil 1511 anos. + + * * * * * + +2. Ten cen yn Nakuk Pech yax hidalgos concixtadoren, uay ti lum lae tu +cacabil Maxtunil cin [c]abal ti yax cah tu cacabil c[=h]acxulub C[=h]en. +Bai bic [c]aa nen in canante tumen in yumob Ah Naum Pech lic utzcinic +utz olal u belil u kahlail uay ti cacab C[=h]ac Xulub C[=h]en in yax +mekthantah lai cah lae capel cacab Chichinica _y_ uay C[=h]aac Xulub +C[=h]en. + +3. Cen Nakuk Pech in kaba cuchi ti ma ococ haa tin pol cuchi u mehenen +Tahkom Pech D^on Martin Pech ti cah Xulkum Cheel; bai bic [c]aanoon +canan hol cacabob tumen in yum Ah Naum Pech likul tu cah Mutul ca tah +culcintaben in canante cacab C[=h]ac Xulub C[=h]en lae ti manan to u +manac u talel ca yum Espanolesob uay tac lumi Yucatan lae ten tun halach +uinic uai ti cah uai ti luum C[=h]ac Xulub C[=h]en lae ca tun uli ca yum +Sr. Adelantado uai ti peten lae ichil yabil 1519 anos cuchi lae ten ix +yax batab; ca uli Espanolesob tu lumil uai Maxtunil lae toonix kame tu +yabal [c]aolalobe toonix yax [c]aic patan yetel [c]icil tiob _y_ ca +[c]aic hanalob tiob capitanob Espanolesob; hek Adelantado u kabae lai +uli uai Maxtunil tu tancabal Nachi May; ti yanob ca binon cilob uchebal +ca [c]aic cicioltiob; mayto ococob ti cah cuchi chenbel zutucahob paibe +uai ti lume oxppel u [c]anlob uai tu cacabil Maxtunile uai tun likulob +cu binelob tu holpai [c]unul tu hol u payil [C]ilam tancoch yoxpel hab +cahanobi. + +4. Tiob yan cuchi ca bini u kubulte in yumob tiob; lai Adelantado u kaba +lai zutui uai ti lum; lae Ixkakuk u kaba u [c]a in yum tiob lai u kaba +lai xc[=h]uplal u [c]ah tiob menyahticob _y_ tzenticob tiob tan yan +cuchi ca tal katuntabilob tumen Cupulob ca tun lukobi ca biniob ti +cahtalob ti Ecab kantanenkin u kaba u lumil cahlahciob; tix yanob cuchi +ca katuntabiob tumen Ah Ecabob ca lukobie ca cuchob Cauaca ti tun ocobi +te maniob ti cah [194-1][C]ekom ti u kaba cuhe manciob ca cuchiob ti cah +TixcuumcuUuc u kaba cah kuchciob ti liculob ca kuchoob Tinuum u kaba cah +kuchciob caix u tzaclahob u Chic[=h]en Ytza u kaba ti tun u katahob u +Rey cah u lahanobi ca alab tiobi: "Yan ahau, yume," ci yalalob, "ye yan +Ahau Cocom Aun Pech Ahau Pech, Namox Cheel Ahau Cheel [C]i[c]an tun; +Katun [c]ul, te xebnae," ci yalalob tumen [195-1]naob Bon Cupul; u +lukulob tu Chic[=h]een Ytza lae catun cuchiob yicnal Ahau Ixcuat Cocom +te Akee: "Yume, matab a binelex te lae; bin zatacex," cibin yalablob +tumen Ahau Ixcuat Cocom ca ualkahiob tutulpachob, ca binob ca cuchob +Cauaca tu caaten, caix kuchob tu holpayal Catzim u kaba tix nakob ti +kankabe, ca biniob ti cahtalob tuyulpachob tet [C]elebnae u kabae lai +yax cahicob ca ulob uai ti luum lae. + +5. Lai ye tan Chanpatune uacppel hab cahanobi caix u hokzahubaob te +Campeche; lai Adelantado u kaba yax [c]ule lai mani uai ti lum; lae tiob +tun yan Campech cuchi ca u katahob patan caix u yabi u thanob tumen +batabob tu cahalcahobe tulacal bini patan; tiob te maaniob ti kaknabe +yahpulul patanob; lae ca tun binen _y_ in lakob Ah MaCamPech _y_ u yit +[c]in Ixkil Ytzam Pech in yahaulil cah Cumkale _y_ in yum yan ti cah +Xulcum Cheele; lai in lakob cat binen tu pach patan, laix ca yilahob, +laix ca alak Nachi May, yoklal yohel maa yohel ma u thanob yoklal u yax +ulob ichil yotoch, ca uliob lae laitah oklal u thanahob u lakintob, ca +binob tu pach patan yoklal yettail tahiob Espanolesob ti tun kubiob +tumenel capitanobe; tiix c [196-1]matanok zayo _y_ capote _y_ zapato _y_ +u _y_ ppoc cicialtabion tumen te capitanob; caix lukon ca [c]oci ca +[c]aic zililob Espanolesob yan tacix ca buc ca ulon lay zayo _y_ capote, +lay Ixkil Ytzam Pech yan Conkale laix ca lakah Macan Pech yan Yaxkukule +_y_ in yum Ahkom Pech u noxibal ca binon. + +6. Cen ix Nakuk Pech lae in kaba ten yax batab yax kubob patan ca binon +Campech ca kubob patan, caix uloon tutul pache tamuk u talel Espanolesob +tu bel Campech talel u cahob ti cahtal Ich can zi hoo ti nohcah ti Hoe; +tuchi ix ca yubah u talelob Espanolesob tu bel Campech, ca binon ca +[c]ab ziltiob tolo ten caix binon tu caaten cat kube patan. Cen ix Nakuk +Pech uai tu cabil C[=h]ac Xulub Chen _y_ Ah Macan Pech yan tu cabil Yax +Kukul _y_ Ixkil Ytzam Pech u noh batabil Conkale _y_ ten cen Ixnakuk +Pech batab uai ti cah C[=h]ac Xulub C[=h]en teix oci ca ziltiob tucaaten +te [C]ibkale[196-2] ix u chucan u nahubaob tucaaten ca kube ziltiob u +lum y cab y u c[=h]ahucil hanalob u kamciob te [C]ibilkale ti tamuk u +talel yocolob ti cahtal ti Hoo lay D^n Fran^co de Montejo, yax capitan +General yax uli uai tu peten ti Hoo lae _y_ D^n Fran^co de Bracamonte y +Fran^co Tamayo _y_ Juan de Pacheco _y_ Perarberes lai capitanesob uliob +ichil habil 1541 anos. + +7. Lai hab ca uliob ti Hoo ti cahtalob lay capitanob mektanmail +Espanolesob, ca uliob ti Ho lae tenili batab cen Ix Nakuk Pech, ca uli +Espanolesob te ti Hooe tenix kubi patan ti concixtadoresob ti Hoo, tenix +batab uai ti cacab C[=h]ac Xulub C[=h]en lae tamuk u escribanoil +Roderigo Alvares ichil yabil 1542 anos. + +8. U tan u toxol cahob ti concixtadoresob tumen capitanob adelantado lay +yax Espanolesob _y_ escribano Roderigo Alvares lai [c]ibtic u xocaan +patanob ti yulel hun huntzuc ti cahob, baix tamuk u kubic patan in lakob +tulacal lai in c[=h]ibalob lae ti tamuk ban patane yoklal toxbil patan +tiob Espanolesob tumen capitanob adelantado _y_ escribano Rodrigo +Alvarez ichil hun hunteel hab uli Espanolesob ti Hoo; tulacal ca ix +c[=h]aben cen Ix Nakuk Pech ca [c]aben ti Don Julian Doncel encomendero +lai u yax yumil cah uay C[=h]aac Xulub C[=h]en lae lai yax encomendero, +caix machi in kab _y_ tu tan capitan Don Fran^co de Montejo adelantado +ten tun [c]abi ti batabil ti D^n Julian Donsel tu kab, ca hoppi in tan +lic u patan u yumil kul uinicilob. + +9. Cen Ix Nakuk Pech lae ten tan lic in batabil cuchi ca uli Albares yax +alcalde mayor uai tu petenil Yucatan ti Hoo lae, caix uli Alvara de +Carvayor alcalde Mayor, li xan caix uli Oidor D^n Tomas Lopez tenili +batab cuchie heix in kabatah cen ix Nakuk Pech ca oci ha tin pole _y_ ca +tin kama bautismo D^n Pablo Pech lay in kaba ca hau[198-1] in kabatic +Nakuk Pechil; hidalgoson yax batabon tumen capitanob cat yax chuca uai +ti peten lae ton ix yax kubob patan ti [c]ulob cat [c]ab u chucil toon +tumen Dios _y_ Rey ahtepal; lae ton u c[=h]ibalon hidalgos tu yalomal in +mehenob tulacal tu tan kinil cu binel tu nak u hayalcab; lae ton batabon +yahaubiI[TN-25] uai ti luum ti ma yanac Santa Yglesiaob ti cacabob, tan +to u ximbal tabal lumob tumen Espanolesob uatub ci tan u moltalob utial +u kulteob ti yoklal piz uinicob cuchi ti ma christianacobi tulacal in +mektan cahil uinicob tumen in kamci in Cristianoil, cen Nakuk Pech cuchi +laili batab en cuchi ca in kamah Santo Oleos _y_ Santo ocolal, utial in +camzic in mektan cahilob tulacal tenix yax mache vara utial justiciail, +tumen t binen in nant u than Dios _y_ ca noh Ahau Rey Ahtepal; laitun ca +yum ti Oidor D^n Tomas Lopes ca uchi lae yax [c]ai u xicin patan ti +batabob ti cahal cahob; lai temes ti ca yatan [c]ooctun yahaubil Oidor +D^n Tomas Lopes ca tun tin kubah in bara ti in mehen D^n Pedro Pech +ichil habil 152 a^s. + +10. Lai cu xocol yabil cuchi lae ca in kamah u bara in yum Nakuk Pech +D^n Pablo Pech Ursula Pech ixan uai ti cacab C[=h]ac Xulub C[=h]en, +lae utial in meyactic Dios _y_ ca noh ahau Rey ahtepal utial in +mektantic lai cah lae uai ti cacab C[=h]ac Xulub C[=h]en lae. + +11. La tun ulicob tu cahalob yetel u yahkulelob _y_ u holpopob bay tu +cahal Yaxkukul, bay tu cahal Xulkum Cheel, bai tu cahal Maxtunil +yaxc[=h]ibal Macan Pech yaxc[=h]ibal Tahkom Pech Xulkum Cheel, yet ulcob +ix yahkinob yaxc[=h]ibal Macan Pech yaxc[=h]ibal Tahkom Pech Xulkum +Cheel, yet ulcobix u cuchulob tu pachob, ca uliob uai ti cahtale yet +ulcobix yahkinob u holpopob _y_ yahkulelob tu pachob u halach uinicob, +ca uliob tu cacabil Yaxkukul baix toon xan cat uloon uai tu cacabil +C[=h]ac Xulub C[=h]en lae, ca cahiob uai lae lai culcinaben Tah Nakuk +Pech, tumen in yum Tah Koon Pech u mehen Tah Tunal Pech yaxc[=h]ibal +Maxtunile mektantic cah. + +12. Lae cat uli [c]ulob uai tu lumil cacabob lae manan Maya uinicob ti +kuchi yolob u kube patan ti yax [c]ulob cuchi, lae lai u yax cantahob +[c]ulob Espanolesob [c]ocan ili tun u [c]abal cah canante. Cen tah Nakuk +Pech in yax kamici cah uai ti cacab C[=h]ac Xulub C[=h]en, ca uliob u +chun u thanob tu pachob _y_ yahkulel _y_ u holpopob _y_ yahkinob lae, +lai u kaba Ah Kul Matu _y_ Kulche _y_ ulcob ix yax kinob Ahkin Cocom +Ahkin Tacu _y_ ulcob ix u holpop Nachan Cen _y_ holpop Xuluc, lai u +kaba, holpop lai mektanmailob ca ulob uai tii u lum Maxtunil _y_ Ah Kul +Chuc _y_ u holpop tu pachob; lai u he[c]ahob u cacabil uai C[=h]ac Xulub +C[=h]en caix uliob u holcanob u nacomob, nacom Kan, nacom Xuluc, nacom +Pot, nacom May, nacom Ek, lai u kaba nacomob, layobi u kab nacomob yah +mektanul batab tah Nakuk Pech ca ulen uai ti cah C[=h]ac Xulub C[=h]en; +lai chiccunic yol lai in cu uchulob cat ulen uai ti cahtah uai ti luum +uai tu cacabil C[=h]ac Xulub C[=h]en. + +13. Cen tah Nakuk Pech lae ca ulen tumen u halach uinic tenob ca chichi +cah uai ti C[=h]ac Xulub C[=h]en; lae tumen u nucteelob cuchi lae manan +u manak u talel Espanolesob uai ti luum, lae minan u yana cah chicunic +cah uai C[=h]ac Xulub C[=h]en; lai yobi t ubahilob lae ti xocan ili, +yulel Espanolesob ti noh cah ti Ho, _y_ u kamal cristianoil tumen +uinicob uai Tah Ceh Peche [c]ocan ili ix in molic cah uai tulacahal +C[=h]ac Xulub C[=h]en, cen D^n Pablo Pech _y_ in yum D^n Martin +Pech, conquixtador, Xulkum Cheel. + +14. Lae ti tum lae ti hoppi u licil u katun Espanolesob ich mul +cochleah[201-1] ca binon, _y_ in yum Ah Macan Pech yaxc[=h]ibal +Yaxkukul, y Yxkil Y[c]am Pech yaxc[=h]ibal Cumkal, _y_ ti binen tu pach +katun; ca oci u patan kooch uahobe lai tun mektanmai u yumil kul +uiniclob cah, ca ti binon ti katun yah, yukul kah _y_ tuce tumenel u +kuxilob ti kul uinicob; ichil uacpe u yanonie _y_ in lakob tu pach kul +uinicob ti numia; mektanan tun in yum tumen u chunthanob, lay yobi hach +ilaob yuchul tulacal tu banalob tin cantah ichil in informacion tulacal +lae uchebal yoheltabal tumen in c[=h]ibalob in mehenob tin pach ti uchen +cimic uai okolcab[201-2] lae yoklal in titulo in probanza [c]aan ten +tumen ca yumil ti Dios _y_ ca noh Ahau Rey ahtepal; manan in patan maix +uchac in botic patan maix in mehenob maix in u ixmehenob bin u bote +patan yoklal tu lukzah ten ca yumil ti Dios ichil u zahacil in puczical; +ti mato in uilal u uich Espanolesob cuchi tu [c]ahten ich ich olal utial +in kubic inba tu kab Espanolesob _y_ in cahalob tulacal utial u cahal +cahob tumenel capitanob Adelantado yax concixtadoresob; uliob uai ti u +lumil Yucatane; he hab yax ulci [c]ulob tu lumil uai ti Cupule lae 1511 +anos. + +15. Cuchi mahun ilabac [c]ulob Espanolesob ca chuci Jeronimo de Aguilar +tumenob a Cusamilob; lai lae u chun yohelabal peten tulacal lae yoklal +[c]oci u xinbaltabal uchi lumob tulacal, lai tah oklal ma talan uchi +lumob peten tulacal lai tun cin [c]olic[202-1] tu tan Ahau ca tu cuchi +tu tan Ahau Ah Macan Pech D^n Pedro Pech _y_ u cuchteelob yax +c[=h]ibalob u nacomob tu pachob tulacal binob tu pach yoklal utzilob +Ahau ylal u uichob u maseual uinicob; caix tu te ta lahun cakal u nucil +uinicob u bines tu pach ti Ahau Rey ahtepal u tzicob ti messa nachi ti +Espana, heix mac xenahi[202-2] tu tzicile tu tan Rey ahtepale; lai tun +tu yala Ahau ca u bote patanob tulacal, yal u mehenob tulacal, heix ton +Ah Pechob yaxc[=h]ibal uai ti lum _y_ yaxc[=h]ibal tal ti Cupul, ca bin +tu yalah yabil peten _y_ yabil maya uinicob u bal lum, caix bin tu +tzolah u xocan tu tanil ca noh Ahau ca u[c]ac[202-3] u talel he[c]bil u +chi lum u Chinante Ahau; bay tun chacanhic ca lumil lae lai Aguilar, lae +te hantabi tumen ah Naum Ah Pot Cusamile tu yabil 1517 anos; lai yabil +hauic c[=h]a katun, lae lai hauic u uacuntabal u tunil balcah, yoklal +hunhunkal tun u talel uaatal u tunil balcah cuchi ti man uluc [c]ul +Espanolesobe Cusamil cuchi uaital petenil; tumen ulic Espanolesob ca t +haui u betabal. + +16. 1519 anos lai yabil yax ulcob Espanolesob uai Cusamil tu yox mal, +Fernando de Cortes _y_ Espoblaco Lara. A 28 de Febrero cuchi ca uliob +Cusamilob u yax mal ahohelilob hahal u cibel than. Lai yabil cuchcob tu +Chic[=h]en tah mak opile ti tun yax oheltabi u Chic[=h]een Ytza tumen +noh Espanolesob D^n Fran^co de Montejo Adelantado, u halach uinicob +ca [c]anob tu Chic[=h]en Ytza. + +17. 1521 anos tu yoxlahunpiz u kinil agosto chucic u lumil Mexico tumen +Espanolesob; uchci u yox katun tabalob[203-1] Espanolesob tumen cah +tulacal uai tu cahal Cupule; cauthi katahob Ah Ceh Pech tu cimil Zalibna +_y_ etahau Lenpot Tixkoc[=h]oh tu provinciail Ticanto _y_ yicnal ah +Kinichkakmo Ytzmal u nup u than holtun Ake; lai yabil lae uchic u kuchul +Espanolesob tu Chic[=h]een Ytza tu caten u he[c]ob u Chic[=h]en Ytza, ti +ca uli Capitan D^n Fran^co de Montejo yahtohil yahtochil Naocom +Cupul kuchal u cah. Hunkal hab yax kuchcob tu Chic[=h]en Ytza ti u +kabahob ah makopilobe ah [c]u[c]opob. + +18. 1542 anos lai hab ca u he[c]ahob lum Espanolesob ti Hich can Ziho +chuncan u nup u than Kinich Kakmo ahkin _y_ Ahtutul Xiu yahaulil +cabecera Mani u pol u meta u he[c]ahob yaxc[=h]ibalob, lai yax hoppic +yocol patan tiob lae tu yoxten tun yulelob ta lumil, ca tun hunkul +culhob, lae heklai culicob; helelae u hunten, ulcobe tu Chic[=h]en Ytzae +ti u yax makahob oop, matech u makal lai oop, ca u makahop Espanolesob u +kabatcob ahmakoopilob; u caten ulcobi tu Chic[=h]ene ca [204-1]u tocahob +naobon Cupul; tu yoxten yulelobe ca tun hunkul culhiob lae lai yabil lae +1542 anos lai tun hunkul culhiob uai ti lum Ychcanzi hoo--yanilob, +helelae oxlahun Kan ahcuchhab ti Maya xoclae. + +19. 1543 anos lai yabil binci Espanolesob tet xaman Cheile u xachete +Mayab uinicob u maseualtobe yoklal manan maseual uinic u palilob ti Ho; +lai talob ti xache uinicob u maseualtob tu chi tun, ca kuchob ti Popce +ti uch ban patan tiobi likulob ti Ho, cat kuchob ti Popce tu chi, ca +ulob ca biniob Tikom, man ti kin yanhicobe te Tixkome ti humkal u kinil +yanob ca lukabi lai Espanolesob. + +20. Lae 1544 anos lai hab ca [c]an [c]ul Cauaca Asiesa u capitanil, ca +[c]anoob te Cauacae ti u chi pach yumili [204-2]ti oki patan tiobi cab +ulum ixim [c]abtiob tiob yan Cauacae, catun ca tu kalahob ti mascab +ahkul Caamal tal Sisal ca tu kata u xocal cah tulacal, hun hab tialan ti +mazcab tumenob, lai paye u bel Espanolesob ca taliob ti cahtal Sachi, +heclai Ahkul Kamal lae lai oci ti batabil Saci Sisale D^n Juan Caamal +de la Cruz u kabatah yoklal hach hahal u than, lai yax utzcit Cruz +Cauacae, u yabi u than tumen [c]ulob, lae lai tumen lai ti oci ti +batabil Sisal, ontkin ac u batabil cat cimil; lai ti pay u bel +Espanolesob ca binob ti katun yah Tixkochnah; xane he [c]ulob lae +hunppel hab [c]ananob Cauaca, lukob cat talob Saci hunkul hi u kal +uinicob ti mazcab yilab batab Caamal. + +21. Lae 1545 anos [c]ani [c]ulob Saci laix yabil hopp ti cristianoil +tumen padresob orden de San Fran^co, te tu holhaa Champotone hali yax +ulcob padresob u machmaob cahlohil ti Jehucristo tu kabob lai lic yezic +ti maseual uinicob, cat yax ulob tu tu holhaa Chanpoton, lae te chikin +uai tu cuchcabal u than uai Ichcansihoo, ti Hoo tu cahal Ichcansihoo lai +u kaba; lai padresob hoppez Cristianoil uai ti cah peten Yucatan lae lai +u kabaobe Fr. Juan de la Puerta _y_ Fr. Luis de Villarpando _y_ Fr. +Diego de Becal _y_ Fr. Juan de Guerrero y Fr. Merchol de Benavente layob +hoppes Cristianoil uai ti peten chikin lae ti mato tac Cristianoil uai +Cupul; pachal hom to tac Cristianoil, baito bin cantic, ca bin hoppoc +toon uai ti Cupule. + +22. 1546 anos, lai hab ca uchi ahetzil[206-1] lae altose la tierra: 9 de +Noviembre bol ulo de pasen 4 meses ca uchi tu bolonpis u kinil noviembre +ti yabil de 1546 anos canppel u cinanil katun; lae ca zihi lae kuchi +hunppel hab yalcab uinicob; ca tali u molicubaob tu caten ocol u cibal +patan, ca zihi katune ulel u cibahob ahezobob tali chikin tabsic uinicob +ca yutzcinah katun lae Etz Cunul _y_ Ah Camal talob chikin he [c]ul +cimsabiobe catul mehen [c]ulob u camzah palil Mena ti cimob Chamaxe, +ppatal u cibahob; ca talob Saci tohyol tulacal [c]ulob ca liki katun +yokolob lae[206-2] tihi t tun u cimsabal; Ah Etz Camal Tipakan Ah Pakam +tu cimilhi Surusano yokol Nicte; tumen u cahalobe hunppel akab hi u +cimil [c]ul tumen uinicob lae kohan yooc _y_ u kaboob, ca bini tu kinil +katun ti akab ti cah tulacal. + +23. 1547 anos lai hab ca paxi u chem Exboxe Ecabe; ca bini Espanolesob +bakzahticob u [c]ahob katun yok Boxte Ecabe ual Ekboxil. + +24. Lae 1548 anos ulci padre Emitanyo Saci chumes[206-3] Cristianoil. + +25. Lae 1550 anos mol ci cah tulacal tabal tal Manii. + +26. 1551 anos ulci padre Guadian Fr. Fernando Guererro Saci Sisal lai +oces haa tu hol uinicob lai chunbezob cristianoil uay tu cuch cabal Saci +tulacal, tal chikin Cheel, tali Ecab, tali Cusamil, tali ti xaman, tali +ti nohol, xan lai chunmes[207-1] u pakal monisterio Saci Sisal. + +27. Lae 1552 anos lai hab cahciob padresob yokab cuchi; lai yabil ulcob +ah canbesah _y_ kayob uai Zisale, talob chikin laobi canbez u kayob +missa y bisperas ti canto de organo _y_ chul y cantolano ti hunkul ma +ohelon uai cuchi. + +Lae 1553 anos lai hab ca uli Oidor D. Tomas Lopes uai tal lumil Yucatan +lae tali Castella ca uli tu [207-2]chibil tumen ca noh ahau Rey ahtepal +de Castilla u yanton tu kab Espanolesob uaye, lai haues ca tocabal tumen +Espanolesob, laix haues u chi on pek, laix ti chunmes u yanhal batabob +ti cahal cah, ca tu [c]a u barail, laix ti [c]ai u takail patan xan +oxppel u yocol patan ti Espanolesob yub te cib uluum ixim c[=h]oyche y +sulbiltab _y_ yic, buul, yib cuum, xamach, ppuul, ca muc yoklal patan ta +c yumil [c]ulil c beta ti matac oidor [c]aic u nucul bahunbal; lai uchci +u c[=h]abal kul chuuc tumen AhMacan Pech ca lukon Sisal yoklal u katci +ah chucil kulchuc, lae tumen lai toci u chucil Ah Ceh Pech uay Cupul, +lae lai talic uai tu pach Ah kin Pech Macan Pech u palil Ahmacan Pech +yetel u nacomob ti cab Yaxkukul lae. + +28. De 1519 anos lai hab ca uli Espanolesob uai tac cahal Con ah Ytza +uai ti lum Yucatan, lae lai cin chicilbesah u kinil, yuil _y_ yabil yan +canal, Cen D^n Pablo Pech, u mehen en D^n Martin Pech, ti Xulcum Cheel, +concixtadoren, uai lae Maxtunil yetel C[=h]ac Xulub C[=h]en, tal kamah +ix [c]ulob tu uolol ca puczikal, maix ca [c]aab katun yah tiob laob lae +D^n Juan de Montejo Adelantado y u chayanil capitanob bay yanil u kabaob +ti libro; ton ix yax kamah Cristianoil concixtadores D^n Martin Pech u +mehen D^n Fernando Pech, D^n Pablo Pech u mehen en D^n Martin Pech, hel +tu yoxlahunpis u kinil u de Octubre de 1518, ocic ha tu holob in mektan +cahilob ti hunmolhob Maxtunile, ti ocol ha tu polob tumen yax obispo D^n +Fran^co Toral ti Maya uinicob; ca [208-1]oha tu polob men ca yum obispo +lae cat [208-2]es sabi u uinbail santo tiob cahob tulacal u uinbail S. +Pedro _y_ S. Pablo y S. Juan, y S. Luis _y_ S. Antonio _y_ S. Miguel _y_ +S. Francisco _y_ S. Alonso y S. Agustin y S. Sebastian y S. Diego, ca u +[208-3][c]ibotahob oleos ca u kabatah P^o yan c[=h]a oleos. + +29. Lay u kahlail tulacal lae tin hun molcinzah uay ti librose uchebal u +nuctic uba uinicob himac bin oltic yohelto u [c]oc lukanil yanomal ca +noh ahau Dios uchac tumen tusinile.--U patanil hibic ulci Espanolesob +uay tac lumil lae tumen u yolat ca yumil ti Dios ahtepal uay ti peten; +lae baix u than ca yum Senor D^n Juan de Montejo y D. Fran^co de Monte +lay yax ulob uai tac lumil lae laix tu [c]ah u thanil u cumtal iglesia +ti [c]ucen[c]ucil cahob u hol cababob y yotoch cah u kuna ca yum noh +ahau bay u cah mensone u yotoch ah na mulbeobe[209-1]. + +30. Bay xan cu yalic ca noh yum Ah Naum Pech D^n Fran^co de Montejo Pech +y D^n Juan Pech lai u kabaob ca oci haa tu holob tumen padresob y +adelantado lay capitan hi layob ulob uai ti lume Yocolpeten, hek lai +kabanzabi ti Yucatanil tumen ca yax yumob Espanolesob lae baix bin u +patcantic ca yum Espanolesob, hebic u beltahob, caxtu yalah binil hunkul +cuxlacon tumen Dios, caix ti yubah Maya uinicob heklay u kabaob lae, ca +tu yalah Naum Pech ti u mektan cahil ti [c]u[c]ucencil:--"Oheltex, talel +u cah hunabku, ti peten heklai hahal Diose, u chicul hahal Dios; binex +cuxlac, ca cici kamex, ma a [c]aicex katun yokolob ca pas ma u hanalob +_y_ yukalob ixim, cax, uluum, cab, buul u hanalob yoklal [210-1]u colcah +ti Cristianoil lai u palil ton Dios;" bay tun cibahob mamac [c]ai katun +caix tu likzahubaob ca bin u yan teob Espanolesob tu concixtob tu yet +xinbal tahob [c]ulob. + +31. Bay xan he Nachi Cocom ti cahan tu holcacab Sutuytae tu chuccabal +Chic[=h]en Ytzae heklay kabansabi Chic[=h]en Ytzaile he Ah Cohuot Cocome +tu yantah u than Dios _y_ ca noh ahau tu luksah u [210-2]ponob u +banderasob, utia ca noh ahau utial conquixta _y_ adelantado _y_ yum +padre clerigo tu cuch cahil xan maix u [c]a yah katun u lukzahubaob +ichilob kaxahob kunal _y_ yotoch cah tu cuchteelob. + +32. Hex Na[c]i Mabun Chane culhi tu ca cabil u natatah bicil talel u cah +hunkul cuxtal yoltah u kububaob ti Dios tu hahil Ah Catzimob _y_ +AhChulimob tu chuccabil Manil, _y_ Ah Tutul Yiu hex uay ti lakin Chel +_y_ Tan Cupulob hex ti Campeche Na[c]acab Canul; bay [c]a lukanhi u tan +hahil Dios uay ti peten uay tu lumil Sacuholpatal Sacmutix tun, Ah +Mutule, Tunal Pech culhi uay ti cah lae. + +33. He Ah Naum Peche uay u payahe mehenob caix ti yalah:--"Oheltex, hun +ynix u kaba kin ahbalcab bin uluk ahlikin cabob hun mexob Ahpul tu +chicul hunabku ti peten ca xicex ti kam bu hahil asilex[211-1]:" bay tan +binciob tu xinbalob yalan che yalan haban, ca kuchiob tu tancabal +Na[c]aycab Canule Campech, ca yalahob:--"Hele tac u yulel a uula, Ah +Na[c]acab Canule, caxti kam tuzebal la umen;" yalab lae ca tipp u chemob +tu hol u kaknabil Campech, caix ti [211-2]yalahob ca yumtah banderasob +sasacpon, ca ulon pixtahob Adelantado caix katabitiob tumen lai +Cristianoob Adelantado uatub ocahalob ichil Castellano than, matan u +natob ca uchen nucahob than:--"matan c ubah than;" ci u thanob caix +alabi Yucatanilob uay tu lumil cutz tu lumil ceh. + +34. Bay tun binciob capitanesob _y_ ca yum Adelantado D^n Fran^co de +Montejo lay tu beltah u yabal ppis _y_ kuuch utial muse utial bucoh +[c]imin[211-3] tumen binel u cibahob tu cahal Manii yicnal Ahtutul Xiu: +ca kuchob Yiba caniob Yibae, kuchob Nohcacab likul tal Becal, bay tun +manciob Espanolesob ca kuchob Mani yicnal Tutul Xiu caix ti uacuntabic +nacon Ikeb nacon Caixicum nacon Chuc lay bin xic u paye Ah Cuat Cocom; +lay tun u chun u culcintabal [211-4]ahactan ob tumen u cuchulob ca +lukzabi u uichob yalan nohoch [211-5]yacatun sa bin tal pulbil huntul +lay ma lukzabi u uich ti yacatun sabin, luksabi u uich ca [c]a be ti ca +bin nacpalancal ti yicnal Adelantado Manii, caix ualkahi yah pululob tu +cahal Cuuat Cocom; catun liki Ah Naum Pech _y_ tu catulilob xic u talez +Ah Cuat Cocom; cu kuchulob, ca yalah ti Naun Pech bicil ma yilahi maix +yabahi ca yalah bicil ti binan tu Chic[=h]en Ytzae tuzebal tal ci tu +cail tumen Ahpechob, ca kuchob Manil kube u c[=h]asahob tusebal u yalci +Ah Cocom ma yilah bal uch tu cahal caix [c]ab u chucil ti cabin u chucob +mac u beltahlobe. + +35. Baix tun tal ci Ahpech tu cahalob yila u mektan cahilob uinicilobe +baytun talciob hex cat tal [c]ulob tumen bin uchci u cimsabal [c]uul ti +cah tumen u cuchulob, catun manobca biniob yicnal Ah Batun Pech Cay +Chel, lay tun yilahobe ca manob ca binob Maxtunil yicnal Machi May _y_ +tun Ah Macan Pech; bai tun ualkahciob tu lumilob tu mektan cahilob tu +Yaxkukule; lai D^n Pablo Pech Ah Macan Cam Pech tumenel halach uinic +lai mektanmail tulacal lai uay ti chi kin lae yoklal maix u lukul yol +nacomob, tulacal bayxan lay tumen culcinaben in canant lay cacab C[=h]ac +Xubub C[=h]en lae tumenel maseneal uinicob lae tan u [212-1]sa uinolabob +lai tumen [212-2]chic u nakci u yolah Dios ti cahob. + +36. Lae hex lay ytoria lae tulacal tux manel S^r Espanolesob _y_ +kubabaob yax padresob, _y_ u kaba yax [c]ulob bin [c]oloc[213-1] tumen +lai u [c]ilibal, lae yoklal mentahan utial yoheltabal bic uchic +concixta, uabic numya tu mansahob uay yalan chee yalan aak yalan haban, +ichil lay hab lae _y_ u cha yan yax uinicob mehentzilob hancabob yoklal +manal cappel oxppel hab cahanob ta muktun u [c]ablahal cahob tumen ca +yumil [c]ulilob, lae ta muktun u ppizil cahob u ppizil u kaxilob cahob +tumen Oidor Tomas Lopes yan sedula tu kabob tumen ca noh Ahau utial tun +xotlahal kaxob ti mac cu cahtalob, ti ma yanac cahob cuchi tumen te +zihnalon be nae tulacalob, ti cu halach uinicil Naum Pech cuchi, ti ma +uluc [c]ulob he[c]ic Cristianoil uay ti lum cuchi, he tun cat kuchi u +kinil u yulah uay ti peten, lae cat ul [c]ulob uai ti lum Yucatan lae, +ca binon kameob tumen u zahacil ca puczikal, cat [c]oci Cristianoil uay +ti lum lae cat [c]ablahon canante cacabob, ti ma yanac S^a Yglesia +cuchi, cat hau u cahil lay bena lae ma cah. + +37. Helelae lay u chun in patcantic hen cex bin uchic u yuchul concixta +bahun numya t mansah _y_ S^r Espanolesob yoklal maya uinicob cuchi +matan yolte ukuubaob ti Dios, ten tun cen D. Pablo Pech tin tzolah u +xicinob ti cacab Maxtunil. + +38. Bay tan matan culhani catun emon ti cacab C[=h]ac Xulub C[=h]en, +[c]oci tun u Cumtal S^a iglesia, lae ca tun ppisah ca ppisbi tu +[c]utpach cahlahbal yanumal in mehenob u chen cimic yokolcab, tumen ma u +macan tu baltiob[214-1] tumen Maya uinicob, ma u manbal cuntabalob u +c[=h]inal hen cex bax tu [c]ahton ca yumil ti Dios tumen u zahacil +puczikale, lay tumen [c]ab u chucil ton tumen ca noh ahau Rey Ahtepal +_y_ catun cumcintah S^a iglesia utial kultic ca yumil ti Dios _y_ yotoch +cah tu lakin iglesia u kuna ca noh Ahau yetel meson. + +39. Bay xan licix in betic in uotoch pakil na tu xaman iglesia; ma u +yalic Maya uinicob ua utialtob tu kinil, lay tumen ci chicilbezic hebix +in mentah mailobe _y_ yum D^n Pablo Pech Ah Macan Pech, y in yum D^n +Martin Pech Ah kom Pech, _y_ in yum D^n Ambrosio Pech Op Pech ix u +Maya kaba y Yxkil Ytzam Pech y D^n Estevan Pech Ahkulul Pech. + +40. Tac kamah u noh comisionil u ppiz kaxob, tu [c]ah u licenciail ca +noh Ahau Rey ahtepal ti ca yumil yax Oidor Tomas Lopes utial ca u [c]a +nucte u than ton utial ca ppizic u pach ca tocoynail he tux cahantacob +uay uay tu pach cahal utial ca utzac oheltic tux cu manel u ppizil ca +luumil utial kilacabob utial u tzenticubaob u [c]aic u hanalob ca +encomenderosob, lay oklal cin [c]aic u juramentoil tu tanil tulacal +uinicob lay informacion lae u hahil cu yilicob u tocoynailob tu xma +yocol u yanal tocoynail, lay oklal [c]aic u hahil. + +41. Heix macx yax encomendero uay ti cacab C[=h]aac Xulub C[=h]en lae +D^n Julian Donsel encomendero hi uay ti cacah lae ca tu yalah ti batab +caxicob u [c]abob u chicul chi kax u luumob uay tu pach u mektan cahil; +yoklal tan u ppizil u chi lumob u chi kaxob ti lakin, ti nohol, ti +chikin, tulacal hen cex max cu cahtalob, tumen [c]octun u he[c]el +Cristianoil uay ti lume C[=h]aac Xulub C[=h]een, _y_ lix cacilech u yum +Santiago patron ah canan cah utial D^n Pablo Pech. + + +CONQUEST AND MAP. + +1. The fifth division of the 11th Ahau Katun was placed when the +Spaniards arrived and settled the city of Merida; it was during the 9th +Ahau that Christianity was introduced; the year in which first came our +lords the Spaniards here to this land was the + +year 1511. + +2. I, who am Nakuk Pech, of the first hidalgos conquistadores here in +this land in the district Maxtunil, I am placed in the first town in the +district Chac Xulub Chen. As thus it is given me to guard by my lord Ah +Naum Pech, I wish to compose carefully the history and chronicle of the +district of Chac Xulub Chen here, my first command, the town having two +districts, Chichinica and, here, Chac Xulub Chen. + +3. My name was Nakuk Pech before I was baptized, son of Ah Kom Pech, Don +Martin Pech, of the town of Xul Kum Chel; thus we were given the +districts to guard by our lord Ah Naum Pech from the town Mutul, and I +was promoted to guard the district Chac Xulub Chen; when our lords, the +Spaniards, did not pass nor come here to this land Yucatan, I was then +governor here in this town, here in this land, Chac Xulub Chen. When our +lord, the Senor Adelantado came here to this province in the year 1519, +I was head chief; when the Spaniards came here to the land of Maxtunil +we received them with loving attention; we also first gave them tribute +and respect, and then we gave to eat to the Spanish captains; he who was +called Adelantado came here to Maxtunil to the dwelling of Nachi May; +then we went to see that they should be given pleasures; they did not +even enter the towns, not even visited the towns; they were here in this +land for three months, being placed here in the district of Maxtunil; +then they departed and went to begin a seaport, the seaport [C]ilam, and +remained there three years and a half. + +4. They were there when my father went to make delivery to them; he +called the Adelantado returned here to this land; the maid servant named +Ixkakuk was presented to them by my father to give them food and wait +upon them; and they were there when they were attacked by the Cupuls; +and they departed, and went to live at Ecab Kantanenkin, as is called +the land where they settled; they were there when they were attacked by +those of Ecab, and they departed and arrived at Cauaca, which they +entered, and passed to the town [C]ekom, as the town is called; they +passed it and arrived at the town Tixcuumcuuc, so-called; and they +departed from there and arrived at the town called Tinuum; and then they +all set out in search of Chichen Itza, so-called; there they asked the +King of the town to meet them, and the people said to them; "There is a +King, O Lord," they said, "there is a King, Cocom Aun Pech, King Pech, +Namox Chel, King Chel, of [C]i[c]antun; foreign warrior, rest in these +houses," they said to them, by the Captain Cupul. They departed from +Chichen Itza and arrived with King Ixcuat Cocom of Ake; "Lords, you +cannot go, you will lose yourselves," was said to them by the King +Ixcuat Cocom, and they turned back again, and went and arrived at Cauaca +for the second time, and they reached the seaport called Catzun, where +they marched by the sea, and went and returned to [C]elebnae, as it is +called, where they first settled when they first came to this land. + +5. They remained in Chanpatun six years, when they went forth to +Campeche; he, called the Adelantado, the first Spaniard, passed here to +this land; they were at Campeche when they asked tribute; according to +orders by the chiefs to all the villages there was tribute. They passed +on by the sea (asking) for tribute to be brought to them. Then I went +with my companions Ah Macan Pech and his younger brother Ixkil Ytzam +Pech, the king of the town Cumkal, and my father, who was in the town +Xulcumcheel; these were my companions when I went back for the tribute; +they saw it; also Nachi May accompanied us, because he knew that he (the +Adelantado), did not know the language; because they first stayed at his +house when they came, and for this reason they spoke to him to accompany +them when they went after the tribute, because he was a friend to the +Spaniards when it (the tribute) was delivered to the captains; from them +we received coats and cloaks and shoes and rosaries and hats, and had +much pleasure from the captains; we left when the Spaniards had ended +giving these gifts; already we had our clothes when we arrived, the +coats and cloaks (we) Ixkil Ytzam Pech of Conkal, our companions Ah +Macan Pech of YaxKukul, and my father Ah Kom Pech, who were the greatest +of us. + +6. And I Nakuk Pech by name was head chief when they first delivered +tribute, when we went to Campech to deliver tribute, and we came back +when the Spaniards coming on the road from Campech came to the towns to +dwell at Ichcanzihoo, the city of Merida; and when it was heard that the +Spaniards were coming on the road from Campech we went to give them +gifts, and I went the second time to deliver tribute. And I Nakuk Pech +of this district of Chac Xulub Chen, and Ah Macom Pech of the district +Yan Kukul, and Ixkil Ytzam Pech the head chief of Conkal, and also I +Nakuk Pech, chief here in the town Chac Xulub Chen, entered into giving +gifts to them a second time at [C]ibikal, and they wished an abundance a +second time, and they were given gifts, pheasants, and honey, and sweet +food at [C]ibilkal, when they came to settle at Merida; Don Francisco de +Montejo, first Captain General, first came here to this land, to Merida, +with Don Francisco de Bracamonte and Francisco Tamayo and Juan de +Pacheco and Perarberes; these captains came in the year 1541. + +7. In the year when these captains who commanded came to Merida to +settle, then I, Ix Nakuk Pech, was chief, and when the Spaniards came to +Merida, I paid tribute to the conquerors at Merida, as I was then chief +here in the district Chac Xulub Chen, Roderigo Alvarez being Secretary +in the year 1542. + +8. When the Adelantado made the distribution of towns to the conquerors +by the captains, and the Secretary Roderigo Alvarez wrote out the list +of tributes according to each division of the towns, all my companions +and kinsmen paid tribute, sufficient tribute according to the division +of tribute to the Spaniards which the Adelantado made by the captains, +and the Secretary Roderigo Alvarez, in the first year the Spaniards came +to Merida; and I, Nakuk Pech, was taken and given to Don Julian Doncel +the Encomendero, the first lord of the town Chac Xulub Chen, the first +Encomendero, and my hand was given him by the captain Don Francisco de +Montejo, and I was given for a chief to Don Julian Doncel, in his hand, +and I began to take tribute for the holy fathers. + +9. And I, Nakuk Pech, was thus chief when Alvarez, the first Alcalde +Mayor, came to this province Yucatan, to Merida, and when Alvara de +Carvayor was Alcalde Mayor; and when the Auditor Thomas Lopez came I was +chief, and I was called Ix Nakuk Pech, and when I entered the water and +received baptism, I was called Don Pablo Pech; and I ceased to be called +Nakuk Pech; we first chiefs were created hidalgos by the captains when +possession was first taken of this province, and we first paid tribute +to the foreigners, and possession was given to us by God and the ruling +king; and our descendants are hidalgos, and all our sons, until the time +shall come when the world shall end; and we chiefs were rulers in this +land when there was no Holy Church in the districts, and before the +Spaniards began to march over the country, or to congregate together in +order to worship; and formerly, when the men were not Christians, I +ruled wholly the men, and when I received Christianity I, Nakuk Pech, I +was a chief; and I received the Holy Oils and the Holy Faith in order +that I might teach it to all my subjects; and I was also the first to +receive the rod of the justicia, because I went to aid the Word of God +and our great Lord the ruling king; then our Lord, the Auditor Don +Thomas Lopez, was the first who divided the tribute of the chiefs +according to the towns they occupied; and when the tribute was +satisfactorily finished by the governorship of the Auditor Don Thomas +Lopez, I gave my rod to my son Don Pedro Pech, in the year 1552. + +10. This was the number of the year when I received the rod from my +father, Nakuk Pech, Don Pablo Pech and of Ursula Pech, here in this town +of Chac Xulub Chen, to serve God and our great ruler, the reigning king, +in order that I may govern the town at this place Chac Xulub Chen. + +11. The first descendants of Macan Pech and of Ah Kom Pech, of Xulkum +Chel, came to their towns with their priests and chiefs, to the town of +Yaxkukul, to Xulkum Chel and to Maxtunil; they came back with their +companions to this town; they came also with their priests and chiefs +and ministers back to their rulers, when they came to the town Yaxkukul; +and we, also, when we arrived at this town of Chac Xulub Chen. When we +settled here they appointed me, Nakuk Pech, by my father, Ah Kom Pech, +son of Ah Tunal Pech, first descendant of Maxtunil, to govern this town. + +12. When the Spaniards came to the towns of this land there were no +Indians who had a will to pay tribute to the first Spaniards; therefore +the first Spaniards made an account of what towns were to be given to be +governed. I, Nakuk Pech, I first received the town here, in the district +Chac Xulub Chen, when first they came with orders to take it, with the +chiefs, and captains and priests, whose names are Ah Kul Matu and (Ah) +Kul Che; and the first priests arrived, the priest Cocom, the priest +Tacu; and the captains arrived, the captain Nachan Cen and the captain +Xuluc, as their names were, the captains who commanded when they came to +this land Maxtunil, with the priest Chuc and his captains, to take +possession; thus they found the town here, Chac Xulub Chen, when came +the soldiers and ensigns, Ensign Kan, Ensign Xuluc, Ensign Pot, Ensign +May, Ensign Ek, such were the names of the ensigns, the names of those I +commanded as chief when I, Nakuk Pech, came to this town Chac Xulub +Chen; thus my mind was strengthened when these things happened, and when +I came here to settle here in the land and district Chac Xulub Chen. + +13. I, Nakuk Pech, came here by (order of) the governor that I should +strengthen the town Chac Xulub Chen; then among old men there was no +sign that the Spaniards would come here to this land, nor was the +village of Chac Xulub Chen strengthened then; it was when they heard the +account, when the Spaniards came to the city of Merida and Christianity +was received by the men of the province of Ceh Pech. I finished by +gathering together all the town of Chac Xulub Chen, I, Don Pablo Pech, +and my father, Don Martin Pech, Conquistador of Xulkum Cheel. + +14. When the war against the Spaniards began we spread out our forces +together with them, and went with my father, Ah Macan Pech, of the first +lineage of Yaxkukul, and Ixkil Y[c]am Pech, of the first lineage of +Cumkal, and I went after them to the war; then began the obligation of +tribute to our rulers for the Spanish governors in the town; when we +went to the war there was _pinole_ and _tuce_ to drink, because they +were disgusted with the Christians; for six months we and my companions +followed the Christians in their misfortunes; my father was then +governed by the regidors, who saw that all that I write in my +information truly happened, everything, in order that it may be known by +my family, my sons, in the hereafter, until the end of the world, for my +title and evidence given me by our Lord God and our great lord, the +reigning king; I have no tribute nor do I pay tribute, nor will my sons +nor my daughters pay tribute, because our Lord God released me from it +in the fear of my heart; before I had seen the face of the Spaniards I +had been given willingness that I should deliver myself and all my town +into the hands of the Spaniards, in order that they might be inhabited +by the captains, the Adelantado and the first conquistadores who came +here to this land, Yucatan; and the year the first foreigners came here +to the land of the Cupuls was the year 1511. + +15. In former times no one saw Spanish foreigners, not until Jeronimo de +Aguilar was captured by the natives of Cozumel; then first the whole of +the country became known, because all the country was marched over; but +because the whole of the land was not made use of I spoke of it before +the king, when there went before the king Ah Macan Pech, Don Pedro Pech, +and his followers, and the first of his lineage, and all his chiefs +after him; they went after him to honor the king, that he might see the +faces of his servants; then fifty of the principal men went afterwards +to the lord the ruling king, to obey him at table, far off in Spain, and +those remained to obey before the ruling King; then the ruler said that +all should pay tribute and all their sons, even we the Pechs of the +first lineage in this land, and the first lineage of the Cupuls; then it +was said, there is a great province, and many men and things in the +land, and an account shall be made of it before our great king, and now +they shall come to fix the limits of the land for our beloved king. Thus +the land was discovered by Aguilar, who was eaten by Ah Naum Ah Pat at +Cuzamil in the year 1517. In this year the katun ended, and then ended +the placing of the town stone, for at each twentieth stone they came to +place the town stones, formerly, when the Spaniards had not yet come to +Cuzamil, to this land; since the Spaniards came, it has ceased to be +done. + +16. In the year 1519 first came the Spaniards here to Cuzamil, for the +third time, Fernando de Cortes and Espoblaco Lara. On the 28th of +February, there came to Cuzamil for the first time those who knew to +speak the true words. In this year the eaters of anonas first arrived at +Chichen, and then for the first time Chichen Itza became known to the +great Spaniards, (and) to Don Francisco de Montejo, Adelantado, the +governor, when they were posted at Chichen Ytza. + +17. In the year 1521, on the 13th day of August, the territory of Mexico +was taken by the Spaniards. The third attack on the same Spaniards took +place by all the towns here in the town of Cupul, when they asked Ah Ceh +Pech about the killing at Zalibna, and his companion-king Cen Pot of +Tixkokhoch of the province of Ticanto, with the priest Ich Kak Mo of +Itzmal the companion of Holtun Ake. The year in which the Spaniards +arrived at Chichen Itza for the second time to settle at Chichen Itza +was that when arrived the captain Don Francisco de Montejo, the just +one, leader of the Cupuls. They arrived at the town twenty years after +they arrived at Chichen Ytza (the first time), where they were called +eaters of anonas, biters of anonas. + +18. In the year 1542, the Spaniards settled the territory of Merida; the +first speaker, the companion priest Kinich Kakmo and the king of the +Tutulxiu of the capital Mani humbled their heads, and the first families +were settled; then first they came under tribute the third time (the +Spaniards) came to this land, and they established themselves +permanently, and stopped here. The first time when they came here to +Chichen Itza they began to eat anonas; never before had anonas been +eaten, and when the Spaniards ate them they were called anona-eaters; +the second time they came to Chichen they stopped at the house of the +Captain Cupul; the third time they arrived they settled permanently, in +the year 1542 they settled permanently in the territory of Merida, the +13th Kan being the year-bearer, according to the Maya reckoning. + +19. In the year 1543 the Spaniards went north of the Chels to procure +Maya men for servants because there were no men for servants at Merida; +they came to procure men for servants for their bidding; when they +reached Popce the tribute was increased by those from Merida, when those +who command arrived at Popce, and they went on to Tikom, and the +Spaniards remained at that time in Tikom more than twenty days before +they departed. + +20. In the year 1544 the Spanish Captain Asiesa was posted in Cauaca, +and the chiefs were gathered together from Cauaca for the tribute, and +they gave in Cauca honey, pheasants and maize; then they placed in +prison the priest Caamal from Sisal, and asked for an account of all the +towns; one year he was kept by them in prison; he then served as guide +to the Spaniards when they came to Valladolid, and this priest Kamal of +Sisal entered as chief at Valladolid, and was called Don Juan Caamal de +la Cruz, because he spoke very truthfully; he first introduced the cross +in Cauaca, and he was listened to by the Spaniards, and for this he +entered as chief at Sisal, and being chief a long time he died. He was +also guide to the Spaniards when they went to war with Tixkochnah; and +when the Spaniards had been posted one year in Cauaca, they went forth +and came to Valladolid on purpose to see the men the chief Kamal had +placed in prison. + +21. In the year 1545 the Spaniards were posted at Valladolid, and in +this year Christianity began by the fathers of the order of San +Francisco in the port of Champoton; there first came the fathers having +in their hands the Redeemer Jesus Christ by name, that they might teach +the serving men; and first they came to the port of Champutun to the +west of this province called here Ichcansiho, then to Merida, the town +Ichcansiho as it is called. These are the names of the fathers who began +Christianity in this country Yucatan, Fr. Juan de la Puerta, and Fr. +Luis de Villarpando, and Fr. Diego de Becal, and Fr. Juan de Guerrero, +and Fr. Merchol de Benavente, these began Christianity in the west of +this country, before Christianity came here to Cupul; afterwards the +trumpet of Christianity came here, as I was saying, and it began here at +Cupul. + +22. In the year 1546 there was a conjuration in the highlands of the +country; on the 9th of November there had been peace for four months, +and it occurred on the 9th day of November of the year 1546 that there +was war after four months: it began and continued for one year among the +men, when they were gathered together for the second time for the +tribute of wax; when the war began it took place that the conjurors came +from the west to deceive the people and to set in order the war; the +conjuror Cunul and Ah Camal came from the west and killed the Spaniards +and two sons of the Spaniards, scholars at Mena; they died at Chamax, +where they wished to remain; then came to Valladolid all the Spaniards +who were well when the war broke out, and then began the massacre; the +conjuror Camal Tipakan, of Pakam, killed Surusano over against Nicte; at +the towns one night the Spaniards were slain because the people fell +sick in their hands and feet; there was then for a day and a night war +in all the towns. + +23. In the year 1547 a ship was destroyed by Ex Box at Ecab; then the +Spaniards went to make him fear, and made war against Box of Ecab, son +of Ek Box. + +24. In the year 1548 the father Ermitanyo came to Valladolid to begin +Christianity. + +25. In the year 1550 there was a general reunion of the towns and their +dependencies at Mani. + +26. In the year 1551 the father guardian, Fr. Fernando Guerrero, came +from Valladolid to Sisal and he baptized the people and introduced +Christianity here into all the territory of Valladolid west of the +Chels; they came from Ecab, they came from Cozumel, they came from the +north, they came from the south, and also he began the building of the +monastery Valladolid-Sisal. + +27. In the year 1552 the fathers settled here; in this year they came to +teach and sing here at Sisal, they came from the west to teach and sing +mass vespers with the singing of the organ and flute, and the canto +llano, which never before did we know here. + +In the year 1553 the Auditor, Don Thomas Lopez arrived here in this land +of Yucatan from Castilla, and he arrived as a messenger from our great +ruler, the reigning king of Castilla, to protect us against the hand of +the Spaniards here. He put a stop to our being burned by the Spaniards, +he put a stop to our being bitten by dogs, he introduced the appointing +of chiefs in each village by the giving of the baton; he also adjusted +the tribute for the third time, the tribute introduced by the Spaniards, +mantles, wax, pheasants, maize, buckets, salt, peppers, broad beans, +narrow beans, jars, pots, vases, all for tribute to our Spanish rulers, +which we paid before the Auditor had given his attention to these +things. At this time occurred the capture of the priest Chuuc by Ah +Macan Pech when we left Sisal, because he wished the priest Chuc to be +captured, as he had prevented the capture of Ah Ceh Pech here in Cupul; +afterwards the priest Pech, Macan Pech with the servants of Macan Pech +and his captains, came here to this town of Yaxkukul. + +28. From the year 1519 when the Spaniards came here to the town of Conah +Itza, here in this land, Yucatan, I have set forth the days, the months +and the years as above stated, I, Don Pablo Pech, the son of Don Martin +Pech of Xul Kum Cheel, conquistador, here at Maxtunil and Chac Xulub +Chen; since we received the Spaniards with good will and heart, nor did +we make war upon them, Don Juan de Montejo, Adelantado, and the rest of +the captains, as their names are in the book; we also first received +Christianity, we the conquistadores, Don Martin son of Don Fernando +Pech, Don Pablo Pech son of Don Martin Pech, on the 13th day of the +month of October, 1518; all my subjects received baptism in Maxtunil; +they were baptized by the first bishop to the Maya people, Don Francisco +Toral; and when he baptized us our father the bishop showed the images +of the saints to all the villages, images of Saint Peter and St. Paul, +and St. John and St. Louis, and St. Antony, and St. Michael, and St. +Francis, and St. Alonzo, and St. Augustin and St. Sebastian, and St. +Diego; and they desired the oils, and he who was called Peter took the +oils. + +29. Such is the chronicle of everything I have collected for the books, +in order that the people might know it, whoever wished to know it, as +had decreed it from the beginning our great lord God who governs the +universe. It is the declaration of how the Spaniards came to this land, +here to this country; by the will of the lord, the ruling God, also by +the orders of our lord Don Juan de Montejo, and Don Francisco de +Montejo, who first came here to this land, and gave orders that churches +should be built in the plastered villages, in the outlying districts, +and a town house and a temple for our great ruler, and also a public +house for travelers. + +30. Thus also said our great father, Ah Naum Pech, Don Francisco de +Montejo Pech, and Don Juan Pech, as were their names when they were +baptized by the fathers; and as the Adelantado, the Captain, those who +came here to this land Yocol Peten, but called Yucatan by the first +Spaniards, as they the Spaniards, clearly relate. When our lord the +Spaniards said that we are to live eternally with God, and when the Maya +men heard the names, then spoke Naum Pech to those he commanded, with +suavity:--"Know ye, there comes to the town the one God, to the country +the true God, the sign of the true God; go ye to live with Him, joyfully +receive Him, do not war against Him, and if they have not to eat or +drink give them maize, fowls, pheasants, honey, beans to eat, that +Christianity may enter and that we may be servants of God;" thus they +wished it, and they did not make war, but rose up and went to aid the +Spaniards in the conquest and marched together with the foreigners. + +31. Thus also Nachi Cocom, who dwelt in the chief town of Zututa in the +province Chichen Itza, that called Chichen Itza, and Ah Cahuot Cocom, +aiding the word of God and our great King, delivered up their standards +and banners for the sake of our great King, for the conquest, and +received the Adelantado and the father the priest in their towns, nor +did they make war, but abstained from all injury, and laid out churches +and town-houses for their followers. + +32. And Na[c]i Mabun Chan settled in the district, and understood that +the eternal life had come to his village, and wished that to God truly +would be delivered the Catzins and Chuls in the district of Mani, and +the Tutulxiu, and the Chels in the East, and the (middle) Tan Cupuls and +in Campeche Na[c]acab Canul; thus this earth was given by God to be +redeemed, this land Zacuholpatal Zacmutixtun; and Tunal Pech of Mutul +settled here in this town. + +33. And Ah Naum Pech called the youths and said to him--"Know ye, that +on the day called 1 Ymix it will dawn, there will come from the eastern +lands bearded men with the sign of the only God to this land; go to +receive them with true pleasure;" therefore they went and marched under +the trees, under the branches, and they arrived at the house of Na[c]ay +Cab, of Canul at Campech and said:--"He, your guest, is now coming, Ah +Na[c]a Cab of Canul, receive him promptly." Thus they said when the +ships appeared in the port of Campeche, when they saw the banners +waving, the white standard, and they came, when he had cast anchor, to +the Adelantado, and were asked in Castilian by the Christians, and the +Adelantado, whether they had been baptized; but they did not know his +language, and replied: "We do not understand the words;" so they said, +and thus they named this land here Yucatan, (which was known to us as) +the land of the wild turkey, the land of the deer. + +34. Thus then the captains and our lord the Adelantado Don Francisco de +Montejo went on; and they made much cloth and thread to cut into +clothing for the horses, as they wished to go to the town of Mani, to +the Tutulxiu. When they came to Yiba they held a talk in Yiba; they +arrived at Nohcacab coming out of Becal; thus the Spaniards passed and +arrived at Mani, to Tutulxiu, and then were appointed the chief Ikeb, +the chief Caixicum and the chief Chuc to go to invite Ah Cuat Cocom. +They were at first taken and placed in a cave by his followers: then +their eyes were put out in that great cave of weasels, and there was not +one who did not have his eyes put out in the cave of weasels; their eyes +were put out and they were given the road to go groping to the +Adelantado at Mani; and thus returned those who were cast out of the +town of Cuat Cocom. Then Ah Naum Pech rose up with both of them and came +to Ah Cuat Cocom; when they arrived, he said to Ah Naum Pech that he had +not seen nor heard of it; he said he had gone to Chichen Itza, and he +came promptly to the towns with the Pechs, and they arrived at Mani to +deliver up promptly (the offenders); and the Cocom said he had not +witnessed what had happened in his village, and he would give permission +that they should be taken who had done it. + +35. Then Ah Pech came to the towns in order to see the people governed +in them; the Spaniards also came, but on account of the massacre of the +foreigners by the people, they passed on and went to Ah Batum Pech of +Chel, whom they saw, and passed on, and went to Maxtunil, to Nachi May +and Ah Macan Pech; they then returned to their lands to the towns they +governed at Yaxkukul; Don Pablo Pech, Ah Macan Pech, was governor of all +the district to the west, nor did his captains at all give up their +spirits; soon I was appointed to guard the territory Chac Xulub Chen, +because the serving men were at war on account of the labor given them, +and by taking them the will of God was fulfilled in the towns. + +36. Such is the complete history of how passed the Spaniards and how the +first fathers were received, and the names of the first conquerors I +shall set forth according to the register, because this is composed in +order that it may be known how the conquest occurred, and in what manner +they labored here, under the trees, under the branches[TN-26] under the +bushes, in those years and months; and what the people and their sons +found to eat; for from two to three years they labored in the +distribution of the towns, by our rulers the Spaniards; they also +labored in the measuring of the towns, and the measuring of the forests +of the towns by the Auditor Tomas Lopez, holding in his hand the Cedula +of our great lord the king, that forests should be cut by whoever +settled. When there were no towns we were natives here of official +houses, Naum Pech being governor of all, nor at that time had the +Spaniards come here to establish Christianity in this land; but when the +day came that their arrival took place, when the Spaniards came to this +land Yucatan, we received them with a friendly heart, and Christianity +was introduced into this land, and we were appointed to guard the +villages, when as yet there was no church; and now they have ceased +building official houses or villages. + +37. Thus I began to relate how the conquest took place and how many +sufferings we underwent with our lords, the Spaniards, from the natives +who were not willing to deliver themselves to God; thus I recount what I +heard concerning the town Maxtunil. + +38. We did not settle there, but descended to the town Chac Xulub Chen, +and when the Holy Church was finished in Cumtal, we measured its sides +and took possession so that our children should remain there from the +beginning until the end of the world, so that the natives should not +obstruct us, nor enchant by the throwing of stones anything which had +been given us by God and our lord through the fear of our hearts; for +this our great lord the ruling king gave us the authority; and when the +church was prepared in which to worship our lord and God, and the public +house to the east of the church and the temple of our great king and the +residence. + +39. I also built my house of stone to the north of the church. And that +the natives may not in the future say that it belongs to them, for this +I show forth the occurrences as I did them with my father, I, Don Pablo +Pech, Ah Macan Pech, and my father Don Martin Pech, Ah Com Pech, my lord +Senor Don Ambrosio Pech, his native name being Op Pech, and Ixil Yzam +Pech, and Don Esteban Pech, Ah Culub Pech. + +40. We received the royal commissions to measure the forests. The +license was given by our great monarch the ruling king through our lord +the first auditor, Tomas Lopez, that he should give us years ago his +order that the uncultivated fields should be measured wherever they are, +here back of the town, that we may know where the boundaries of our +lands pass in order that parents and children may maintain them and give +food to the Encomenderos. Therefore I swear before the people that this +information is true, that they may have it in sight so that no +uncultivated field shall entrench upon another uncultivated field; for +this reason I set forth the truth. + +41. The first Encomendero here in Chac Xulub Chen was Don Julian Doncel, +who ordered the chiefs that they should go to place the marks of the +limits of their forest lands here back of the towns they governed, and +thus they were led to measure the boundaries of their lands and the +forests toward the East, the South and the West, for the benefit of all +who dwell therein; because already Christianity was established in this +land of Chac Xulub Chen with our holy lord Santiago the patron who +guards the town of Don Pablo Pech. + + +NOTES. + +1. "The fifth division of the 11th Ahau Katun was placed" (_i. e._ in +the wall or in the Katun Stone), (see page 57, where this expression is +explained). In other words, the first arrival of the Spaniards at Merida +took place at the close of the 11th Ahau Katun. This was July, 1541, and +it is in gratifying conformity with Bishop Landa, who also states that +that month was the commencement of a 20-year period; but he says that at +that date the 11th Katun began, while Pech goes on to say that it was +the next in order, the 9th. (See Landa, _Relacion_, p. 314.) + +_Noh cah te ti Ho_, the great town at Ho. This was the native name of +the ancient city which stood on the present site of Merida, and, by the +Mayas, is in use to this day. _Ho_ is the numeral 5, and some have +supposed that the name was given on account of five large mounds or +buildings said to have been conspicuous in the ancient city. That there +were precisely five is not positively stated by the old historians, +though four are specified. This theory would suppose that the name was +given to the city only after these large structures were completed, and +that its name during that time had been lost. But this is not +improbable. + +In fact, the ancient name of Merida was not Ho, but _Ichcanzihoo_, as +appears from a later passage in Pech's narrative and from numerous +others in the Books of Chilan Balam. _Ho_ is only the abbreviation of +this long name. It appears to mean "The five (temples) of many +serpents." _Can_ is the generic term for serpent, and _ich_ used as a +prefix denotes a place where there is an abundance of what the noun +means: thus _ichche_=a place where the trees are tall and dense; +_ichxiu_, a place where the grass is tall and thick (_Diccionario de +Motul_). The serpents were probably those sculptured in stone or painted +on the walls. This theory receives additional probability from an entry +in the _Diccionario de Motul_, MS., which relates that the largest mound +in ancient Merida, situated back of the present convent of San +Francisco, was called by the natives _ahchuncan_, and that this was the +name of the idol which used to be worshiped there. Its signification +would be "the first or primitive serpent," or "the first speaker," +_i. e._ oracle, as _can_ means both serpent and speech. + +The temples at Ho were not in use when the Spaniards arrived, nor had +they been for many generations. Apparently only a few huts of wood and +straw made up the village, while these vast ruins were even then covered +to the summit with a heavy growth of timber in all respects like the +virgin forest around them. This is clearly stated by the Friar Lorenzo +de Bienvenida, who came to Merida in 1545. I quote his expressions from +a letter to the King in 1548:-- + +"La ciudad esta la tierra adentro treinta y tres leguas; llamase la +_ciudad de Merida_; pusieronle asi por los edificios superbos que hai en +ella, que en todo lo descubierto en Indias no se han hallado tan +superbos edificios, de canteria bien labrada, i grandes las piedras; no +hai memoria de quien los hizo; parecenos que se hicieron antes de la +venida de Christo porque tan grande estaba el monte encima dellos como +en lo bajo de la tierra; son altos de cinco estados de piedra seca i +encima los edificios, quatro quartos todo de celdas como de Frailes, de +veinte pies de luengo i de diez de ancho, i todas las portadas de una +piedra, lo alto de la puerta i de boveda, i destos hai en la tierra +otros muchos. Esta gente natural no habitaba en ellos, ni hacen casa +sino de paja y madera, habiendo mas apareja de cal i piedra que en todo +lo descubierto. En estos edificios tomamos sitio los Frailes para casa +de San Francisco; lo que habia sido cultura de demonios, justo es que +sea templo donde se sirve a Dios, etc." (_Carta de Fr. Lorenzo de +Bienvenida, 1548, MS._) + +The date, 1511, given as that of the first arrival of the Spaniards, +refers to the shipwreck of Aguilar and his companions, who in that year +were thrown on the eastern coast. + +This introductory paragraph was entirely miscontrued[TN-27] by Avila, and +nearly as much so by Brasseur. I add their translations to illustrate +this. + + +_Translation of Avila._ + +"A la quinta vez que sento el noveno Rey en la guerra cuando llegaron +los Espanoles que se poblaron en la ciudad de Merida, el principal Rey +de esa ciudad era siempre cacique y el ano en que llegaron los Senores +Espanoles aqui en esta suelo fue el de 1511." + + +_Translation of Brasseur._ + +"C'est a la cinquieme division cimentee (dans le mur) de ce onzieme +Ahau-Katun qu'arriverent les Espagnols et qu'ils s'etablirent a Ti-Uoh +de ce pays de Ti-Ho, et c'est a la neuvieme de cet Ahau que s'etablit le +Christianisme, cette annee meme que vinrent nos seigneurs les Espagnols +en cette contree, c'est a dire, en l'annee 1511." + +It will be seen that the former completely travesties the passage, while +the latter mistakes the proper names and destroys the chronological +value of the dates given. + +2. _Hidalgos conquistadoren_, Spanish titles which we are surprised to +find a native claiming; but later on (Sec. 9) he informs us that he was +authorized to employ them by the Spanish officials. + +Chichinica was a pueblo near Chicxulub, which is now no longer in +existence. + +3. _Ti ma ococ haa tin pol cuchi_, "formerly, when the water will not +entered to my head" _i. e._, before I was baptized. This complicated +construction of the negative (_ma_), a future (_ococ_ from _ocol_) and +the sign of the past tense (_cuchi_), also occurs on an earlier page +(98), where we have the sentence _uacppel haab u binel ma [c]ococ u +xocol oxlahun ahau cuchi_, six years before the end of the 13th ahau. +_Ocol haa_, syncopated to _ocola_, and even _oca_, was the usual term +for Christian baptism. + +Xulkumcheel was a pueblo which does not seem to have survived. + +_Ah Naum Pech, likul tu cah Mutul._ Ah Naum Pech from, or native of, the +town Mutul. The latter is the modern Motul, about 22 miles easterly from +Chicxulub. The name is also spelled Mutul by Cogolludo (_Historia de +Yucatan_, Lib. VI, cap. VII). + +_Halach uinic_, previously explained, was the ancient native title of +chief of a village. It is the same word which Oviedo, in his report of +Grijalva's expedition deforms into _calachini_ (_Historia de las +Indias_, Lib. XVII). + +The date, 1519, like various others in the narrative, appears to have +been erroneously entered or copied. It should probably be 1539. +_Maxtunil_ does not at present exist. _[C]ilam_ is a town north of +Itzamal, near the sea coast. It is by some identified as the spot where +Francisco de Montejo embarked after his retreat from Chichen Itza, in +1528. + +4. The _Kupuls_ were the family who reigned in the eastern province, +where Valladolid was founded. They long retained their hostility to the +Spaniards. _Ekab_ was situated on the coast opposite the island of +Cozumel. _[C]ekom_ should probably read Tekom. _Tixcuumcuuc_ no longer +exists. _Tinuum_ is a town 4 leagues north of Valladolid, on the road to +Itzamal. _[C]i [C]antun_ is a town north of Itzamal, said by Sanchez +Aguilar to have been the ancient capital of the princely house of the +Chels. _Ake_ is probably the modern [C]onatake. _Catzim_ is now the name +of a hacienda in the Department of Itzamal, some distance from the +coast. _[C]elebna_ is unknown. + +The expression _tumen naob Bon cupul_, translated by Avila "porque esa +casa es de Bon Cupul," I think is an error of the copyist for _tumen +nacon Cupul_. See also Sec. 18. + +5. _Hokzah uba_, they betook themselves. The termination _uba_ is that +of the third person of reflexive verbs. + +Nachi May, already mentioned, was a member of an ancient princely house +mentioned by Landa and Sanchez Aguilar. One of them, Ahkin May, was +apparently the hereditary high priest. The effort has been made to +derive from their name the word _Maya_, and Brasseur would carry us to +Haiti in order to discover its meaning (Landa, _Relacion_, p. 42, note), +but this is unnecessary. _May_ in the Maya tongue means "a hoof," as of +a deer, and is a proper name still in use. There is no reason to suppose +it in any way connected with _Maya_. + +_Matanok_ I take to be an error for _matanon_, from _mat_ (pret. +_matnahi_). + +6. _[C]ibikal_ may be, as suggested by Dr. Berendt, Tipikal, a town in +the district of Merida. There is another of the name in the Sierra Alta +(_Estadistica de Yucatan_, 1814). + +Francisco de Bracamonte is mentioned by Cogolludo as among the first +settlers of Merida. + +7. Cogolludo mentions Rodrigo Alvarez as "Escribano del juzgado," who +came with Montejo (_Historia de Yucatan_, Lib. III, cap. VI, and +elsewhere). + +8. _U toxol cahob_, the distribution of the towns, literally "the +pouring out;" Avila translates it by "cuando se repartian los pueblos." +The Spanish system of "repartimientos" and "encomiendas" was adopted in +Yucatan,[TN-28] + +9. The licentiate Alvares de Caravajal was alcalde mayor from 1554 to +1558. (Cogolludo, _Hist. de Yucatan_, Lib. V. cap. XV.) + +10. This was apparently written by Don Pablo Pech, the son of the writer +of the remainder of the history, and inserted in order to corroborate +the statement just made by his father, that the latter had transferred +the magistracy to him. + +11. The _holpop_, literally "head of the mat," perhaps because when the +company sat around or on the mat his place was at its head, was the +official who had charge of the _tunkul_ or wooden drum, with which +public meetings, dances, summons to war, etc. were proclaimed, and with +which the priests accompanied their voices in reciting the ancient +chants (Cogolludo, _Hist. de Yucatan_, Lib. IV, cap. V). He was called +_ahholpop_, and had charge of the public hall of the village, the +_popolna_, "casa de comunidad," in which public business was transacted +(_Diccionario de Motul_, MS.)[TN-29] + +The _ahkulel_ was the official second in command in a town or district. +He acted in place of the _batab_ or the _ahcuchcab_. The verb _kulel_ +means to transact business for another, to act as deputy. + +_Ahkin_ was the ordinary word for priest in the old language; kin, sun, +day, time; _ahkin_, he who was familiar with the days and times, with +the calendar, and also with the past and the future. + +12. _U chun u thanob_; the _chunthan_ or _ahchunthan_, literally, he who +has the first word, was the member of the village who took the leading +part in matters of business. The office and name are still in existence +in the native village communities of Yucatan. (See Garcia y Garcia, +_Historia de la Guerra de Castas en Yucatan_, Introd., p. xli.) + +The _ahkul_ was an envoy or messenger, who carried the orders of the +prince to his people and to foreign princes. The title was usually +prefixed to the name of the person. + +The _holcan_, "head caller," was a military official in each village, +whose duty it was when war was announced to summon the men in his +district capable of bearing arms (see Landa, _Relacion_, p. 174). The +Spanish writers translate it by _alferez_. + +The _nacon_ was an elective war chief, who held his position for the +term of three years (Landa, _Relacion_, pp. 161, 173). The name is +derived from _nacal_, to rise, go up, and hence as a delegate or elected +representative (as is stated by the _Dicc. de Motul_). + +13. The _nucteelob_ were the _ancianos_, the wise old men of the +village; _manak_, a trace or sign that appears at a distance and then +disappears. _U manak uinic ti ulah_=I saw the trace of a man to-day, but +it is no longer visible. _Diccionario de Motul, MS._ + +"The province of Ceh Pech" was that in which Merida was: "_u tzucub +ahcehpechob_, la provincia de los Peches al lado de Motul y Cumkal." +_Dicc. de Motul, MS._ + +14. _Kah_, _pinole_, is a drink made by mixing the meal of roasted maize +with water. The word _tuce_ (or, it may be, _tuze_) I do not find in any +dictionary, nor does Avila translate it. The passage is an obscure one. +Avila renders it "cuando fuimos a la guerra, bebian pinole y _tuce_, +porque estaban enojados con los Cristianos." Possibly these were two +articles of food especially used on warlike raids. + +_U zahacil in puczical_, a cant phrase probably borrowed from the +missionaries="the fear of my heart,"--in my humbleness. _Puczikal_ +appears to be a root-word, though of three syllables. It means the heart +of men and animals, also the mind or soul, the desires, and the interior +of certain growths, as the pith of maize, etc. (_Dicc. de Motul._) + +The year 1511 was that of the shipwreck of the deacon Geronimo de +Aguilar and his companions, who were the first whites known to the +natives of Yucatan. + +The reference which is made in this section to a deputation of fifty +natives to Spain, is not mentioned, so far as I remember, by other +historians. As in some respects my translation differs from that of +Avila, I give his. + +"Cuando llego ante el monarca Ahmacan Pech, D^on Pedro Pech, y sus +deudos, sus primeros descendientes, sus capitanes, todos fueron con el +para honrar el monarca y vea la cara a sus vasallos indigenas, y escogio +cincuenta de los grandes de ellos para llevar tras de el al monarca +reinante para servirlos en la mesa alli lejos en Espana, pero los que +vomitaron en el festejo delante del monarca reinante, esos entonces dijo +el Rey que pagaron tributos todos y todos sus descendientes, mas +nosotros los Peches," etc. + +The phrase _mac xenahi tu tzicile_ Avila translates "who vomited at the +feasts;" but I believe _xenhi_, vomited, is a misreading for _xanhi_, +remained, and _tzicil_ is obedience, as serving-men. + +_Lae te hantabi_, who was eaten; Aguilar himself was not eaten, as he +was rescued by Cortes, in 1519, and served him as interpreter. But some +of his companions were eaten by the natives, not of Cozumel, but of the +coast to the south, and this is what Pech meant to say, unless, +indeed--and I am inclined to prefer this view--we read _hantezahbi_ +instead of _hantabi_, which would give the sense "the land was +discovered by Aguilar, who was given food (supported, maintained) by Ah +Naum," etc. For particulars about Aguilar see Herrera, _Hist. de las +Indias_, Dec. II, Lib. IV, cap. VIII. + +_Lai yabil hauic_, etc. This is an important sentence, as fixing a date +in the ancient chronology. _U tunil balcah_ is an ancient term, not +explained in the dictionaries. _Balcah_ (or _baalcah_) means "a town and +the people who compose it" (Pio Perez, _Diccionario_), hence people, the +world, as the French use _monde_. From many references in the Maya +manuscripts I derive the impression that the last stone in the katun +pillar was placed in turn by the towns, each giving its name to the +stone and the cycle (see ante, p. 171). + +Assuming the correctness of the figures 1517--and there is no reason to +doubt it--then Pech counted the katuns as of 24 years each, as Pio Perez +maintained was correct; because he has already informed us in his +introductory paragraph that the year 1541 was the close of the 11th +Ahau, and 1541-1517=24. + +16. The two previous visits referred to were probably those of Cordova, +1517, and Grijalva, 1518. "Those who knew to speak the true words," +refers to the Catholic priests. All the historians of Cortes' expedition +dwell on the effect produced on the natives of Cozumel by the religious +services he held there. + +The date, Feb. 28, 1519, seems correct, although it is not mentioned by +any other writer I have at hand. Cortes left Havana, Feb. 19. + +_Lai yabil_, "in this year," evidently a date is omitted, as the first +arrival of the Spaniards at Chichen Itza was either at the close of 1526 +or beginning of 1527. One of the Maya MSS. gives the year as _bulucil +Muluc_, the 11th Muluc. The Maya year, it will be remembered, began on +the 16th of July. + +"It was on the memorable thirteenth of August, 1521, the day of St. +Hippolytus, that Cortes led his warlike array for the last time across +the black and blasted environs which lay around the Indian capital, +etc." Prescott, _Conquest of Mexico_, Book VI, chap. VIII. There is +little doubt but that the tidings of the dreadful destruction of the +mighty Tenochtitlan was rapidly disseminated among the tribes far down +into Yucatan and Central America, and made a profound impression on +them. + +This section is confused and difficult. Avila translates:-- + +"Fueron atacados por tercera vez los mismos Espanoles por todos los +pueblos aqui en el pueblo de Cupul cuando hallaron a Ah Ceh Pech +muriendose en una casa no embarrada y a su companero el otro Rey Cen +Pot," etc. + +18. The official date of the founding of the city of Merida was Jan. 6, +1542. + +The anona or custard-apple does not seem to have been eaten by the +natives, and it impressed them as strange and somewhat unnatural to +witness the Spaniards suck them. + +_Ca u tocahob nao bon Cupul_; this is translated by Senor Avila: +"quemaron al capitan Cupul:" they burned the captain Cupul; but I take +it to be a misreading for _ca u yotochob nacom Cupul_, and have so +translated it. There is no account of a leader of the Cupuls having been +burned, and, moreover, this is in accordance with Sec. 4. + +Another important chronological statement is made in this section, to +wit, that the year 1542 (I suppose July 16, 1541-July 15, 1542 is meant) +was 13 Kan. As Pech has already told us that it was also the first year +of the 9th Ahau Katun, we have the date fixed in both methods of +reckoning, that is, by the Kin Katun as well as the Ahau Katun, +according to the calendar which his family used. + +19. The town of Tikom is still in existence, but I have not been able to +find Popce on any of the maps. The Chels were a well known princely +family in ancient Yucatan. The _Dicc. de Motul_ says their province was +that of [C]izantun. + +26.[TN-30] The Don Juan Caamal whose acts are briefly sketched in this +section is the same mentioned in the _auto_ given previously, page 117. +It is still a family name in Yucatan (Berendt, _Nombres Proprios en +lengua Maya_, folio. _MS._)[TN-31] + +21. The first mission to Yucatan was that of Fr. Jacobo de Testera, with +some companions whose names have not been preserved, 1531 to 1534 (see +Geronimo de Mendieta, _Historia Eclesiastica Indiana_, pp. 380, 665; +Torquemada. _Monarquia Indiana_, Lib. IX, cap. XIII, Lib. XX, cap. +XLVII). They were stationed at Champoton and did not penetrate the +country. The next attempt was in 1537. Testera, then Provincial of +Mexico, sent five Franciscan friars, who returned after two years of +efforts. Their names are unknown (Cogolludo, _Historia de Yucatan_, vol. +I, pp. 175, 182). The third is the one referred to in the text. Its +commissary was Fr. Luis de Villalpando, and its members were Fr. Lorenzo +de Bienvenida, Fr. Melchor de Benavente, Fr. Juan de Herrera, Fr. Juan +de Albalata, and Fr. Angel Maldonado. Five other missionaries came with +Juan de la Puerta, in 1548 (Cogolludo). + +22. The term _ahetzil_, I do not find, and translate it as _ahe[c]il_, +the practice of conjuring, or sorcery. But it is quite possibly for +_ahuitzil_, dwellers in the sierra. The next line is corrupt, and I can +only guess at the meaning. The date, Nov. 9, 1546, is correct, and the +history here given of the insurrection of the natives at that time is +substantially the same as is told at length by Cogolludo (_Hist. de +Yucatan_, Lib. V, cap. VII). + +27. The Auditor Tomas Lopez came from Guatemala (not Spain) to Yucatan +in 1551 or 1552, and in the latter year promulgated his "Laws" for the +government of the natives, many of which are given in Cogolludo's +History. + +The passing reference to the cruelties of the Spaniards are more than +borne out by the testimony of Fr. Lorenzo de Bienvenida. Writing to the +King in 1548 he says:-- + +"En esta villa (Valladolid) se levantaron este ano de quarenta y siete +los Indios * * * i este levantamiento por mal tratamiento que hacen a +los Indios los Espanoles tomandoles las mugeres y hijos y dandoles de +palos i quebrandoles las piernas i brazos i matandolos i desmasiados +tributos i desaforados servicios personales, i si V^a Alt^a no provee de +remedio con brevedad, no es possible permanecer esta tierra, digo de +justicia. * * * * + +"(El adelantado) dio la capitania a un sobrino que llaman Manso Pacheco. +Nero no fue mas cruel que este. Este paso adelante y llego a una +provincia que llaman _Chatemal_, estando de paz, i sin dar guerra los +naturales la robo i les comio los mantenimientos a los naturales, i +ellos huyendo a los montes de miedo de los Espanoles porque en tomando +alguno luego lo aperreaban, i desto huian los Indios i no sembraban i +todos murieron de hambre, digo todos porque habia pueblos de a +quinientos casas i de a mil, i el que agora tiene ciento es mucho; +provincia rica de cacao. Este capitan por sus proprias manos exercitaba +las fuerzas, con un garrote mate muchos i decia, 'este es buen palo para +castigar a estos;' i desque lo habia muerto, 'O, quan bien lo de.' Corto +muchos pechos a mugeres, i manos a hombres i narices i orejas i estaco, +i a las mugeres ataba calabazas a los pies i las echaba en las lagunas +ahogar por su pasatiempo, i otras grandes crueldades." _Carta de Fr. +Lorenzo de Bienvanida,[TN-32] 1548. MS._ + +28. The town Conah Itza, or Con Ahitza, Con of the Itzas, may refer to +the seaport, Coni, the eastern coast, where Montejo landed on his first +expedition. Bishop Toral did not arrive in Yucatan until 1562, so the +mention of him proves that this narrative was written after that date. + +29. No such person as Juan de Montejo is known. + +30. _Yocol peten_; so it is first spelled in the original manuscript, +and afterwards altered to _Yucalpeten_. This latter occurs as a name +applied to the peninsula, or a portion of it, in a number of passages of +the Book of Chilan Balam of Chumayel. These have been quoted by the +Canon Crescencio Carrillo in a recent work (_Historia Antigua de +Yucatan_, pp. 137, 140, Merida, 1882), to support his view that the name +Yucatan is an abbreviation of Yucalpeten. + +Apart from the difficulty of explaining such an extensive abbreviation, +which is not at all in the spirit of the Maya tongue, the words of Pech +in this section and Sec. 33 conclusively prove that the two names are +entirely distinct in origin. Carrillo is of opinion that _yucal_ should +be divided into _y_, _u_, _cal_, and he translates the name "la perla de +la garganta de la tierra o continente." This appears far-fetched. +_Yocal_ is probably merely _yoc hail_, upon the water (_il_, +determinative ending denoting what water); hence _yocal peten_, the +region upon the water, applied to Yucatan or some part of its coast +district. The _h_ is nearly mute and frequently elided, as in _ocola_ +(_ocol haa_) to baptize. + +A prophecy of the priest Pech, which is perhaps the one here referred +to, appears in several of the Books of Chilan Balam, and also Spanish +translations of it in the Histories of Lizana and Cogolludo, and a +French version in Brasseur's report of the _Mission Scientifique au +Mexique_, etc. + +The text is quite corrupt, but I insert it as I have emended it from a +comparison of three copies. + + +U THAN AHAU PECH AHKIN. + + Tu kinil uil u natabal kine, + Yume ti yokcab te ahtepal. + Uale can[c]it u katunil, + Uchi uale hahal pul. + Tu kin kue yoklal u kaba, + In kubene yume. + Ti a-uich-ex tu bel a uliah, Ahitza, + U yum cab ca ulom. + Than tu chun ahau Pech ahkin, + Tu kinil uil can ahau katun, + Uale tan hi[c]il u katunil. + + +THE WORD OF THE LORD PECH, THE PRIEST. + + At that time it will be well to know the tidings, + Of the Lord, the ruler of the world. + After four katuns, + Then will occur the bringing of the truth. + At that time one who is a god by his name, + I deliver to you as a lord. + Be your eyes on the road for your guest, Men of Itza, + When the lord of the earth shall come. + The word of the first lord, Pech, the priest, + At the time of the fourth katun, + At the end of the katun. + +The only line in which I have taken much liberty with the text is the +fifth, where, after the word _kue_, one MS. reads: _yok taa ba akauba_, +and another, _yok lac kauba_, neither of which is intelligible. + +If the date assigned in these lines be a correct one, they were +delivered by the prophet in 1469. It is not impossible. The words are +obscure and the prediction so indistinct that it might quite well have +been made by an official augur at that time. + +31. Nachi Cocom, head of the ancient and powerful Cocom family, ruled at +Zotuta when Montejo made his settlement at Merida, and was a determined +enemy of the Spaniards. He was defeated in 1542, in a sanguinary battle, +and then accepted terms of peace. I have in my possession the copy of a +survey which he made of the lands of the town of Zotuta in 1545, when he +was evidently on good terms with the Conquerors. + +32. The names Chan, Catzim and Chul belong to well known ancient +Yucatecan families, and many who bear them are still found among the +natives (Berendt, _Nombres Proprios en Lengua Maya_, MS.)[TN-33] + +The words Zacuholpatal Zacmutixtun are rendered by Avila as proper +names, and I have followed his example. I have not found a satisfactory +explanation of them. + +33. The day _One Imix_ was a day of peculiar sanctity in ancient +Yucatan. Landa makes the rather unintelligible assertion that the count +of their days, or their calendar, invariably commenced on that day +(_Relacion_, p. 236). + +Imix is the 18th day of the month, and it is possibly[TN-34] that it and +the two following days were used for intercalary days. + +More to the purpose of explaining the prophecy in the text is the +statement of Francisco Hernandez, who, as reported by Bishop Las Casas, +relates that in the mythology of the Mayas, the god or gods Bacab, those +who support the four corners of the heaven and who are identified with +the "year bearers" or Dominical days of the calendar, died on the day +One Imix, and after three days came to life again. (Las Casas, _Historia +Apologetica de las Indias Occidentales_, cap. CXXIII.) This has +reference apparently to the intercalary days Imix, Ik, and Akbal, which +were counted so as to allow the next Kin Katun period to begin on +I[TN-35] Kan. I have explained this theory fully in a paper, "Notes on +the Codex Troano and Maya Chronology," in the _American Naturalist_, +Sept. 1881. Naturally this was supposed by the Spanish missionaries to +be a reference to Christian traditions. + +_Ca tip u chemob_, when the ships were rocking; _tipil_ represents the +slipping and sliding movement of a partially submerged or hidden body; +thus the beating of the heart and the pulse is _tipilac_. _Ca yumtah +banderas ob_, when the banners waved; _yumtah_ is to swing to and fro as +a hamack or a flag. _Piixtahob_, from _pixitah_, to unreel or reel off +yarn, etc., from a spindle. I suppose it refers to letting go the +anchor. + +The derivation of the name Yucatan here given is interesting, for +several reasons. In the first place, it makes it evident that Pech did +not believe it was an abbreviation of Yucalpeten (see ante, page 255). +Again, although it has very often been stated that the name arose from a +misunderstanding of some native words by the Spaniards, there has been +no uniformity of opinion as to what these words were. Several of the +phrases suggested have been such as have no meaning in the Maya tongue; +(see full discussions of the question in Eligio Ancona, _Historia de +Yucatan_, Vol. I, pp. 219, 220, and Crescencio Carrillo, _Historia +Antigua de Yucatan_, cap. V.) As given by Pech it is perfectly +intelligible and good Maya. Without syncope it would be "_Matan ca ubah +a than_" shortened to "_Ma c'ubah than_,[TN-36] "We do not understand +your speech." Pech is in error, however, in supposing that the name +arose on the arrival of Montejo; it was in use immediately after the +expedition of Cordova (1517), and if Bernal Diaz was correct in his +recollection, was applied to the land by the Indians Cordova brought +back to Cuba with him from the Bay of Campeachy. (See Bernal Diaz, +_Historia Verdadera de la Conquista de Nueva Espana_, cap. VII.) + +34. This is no doubt the same occurrence which is described at +considerable length by Cogolludo, _Hist. de Yucatan_, Lib. III, cap. VI. +But the details differ very much and the names of the messengers and the +chief to whom they were sent are not identical. I believe this +discrepancy can be explained, but it would extend this note too far to +go into the subject here. The word _yacatunzabin_, which Avila renders +"en dicha cueva," seems a compound of _y_, _actun_, _zabin_. The last is +the name of the weasel; _actun_ means both a cave and a stone house. By +some it is supposed to be a compound of _ac_, tortoise, and _tun_, +stone, a cave resembling a hollow tortoise shell. + +35. _Yoklal maix u lukul yol nacomob_, "porque no se cansaban los +capitanes" (Avila). + +36. Pech adds a list of the names of Conquistadores which I have not +inserted, as it is less complete than that found in Cogolludo. + +39. _Ma u manbal cuntahbalob u c[=h]inal_; Avila translates this "that +they shall not destroy"; but the word _cuntahbal_, from _cun_, _cumtah_, +means that which is to be enchanted, and _c[=h]inal_ is the throwing of +stones. I suppose, therefore, it refers to some act of shamanism the +design of which was to injure a neighbor. + + +FOOTNOTES: + +[190-1] See his _Informe acerca de las Ruinas de Mayapan y de Uxmal_ + +[191-1] "<sc>Chijcxulub</sc>: poner los cuernos; hacer cabron a uno: _u chiicah +bin u xulub u lak_; diz que puso los cuernos a su companero o proximo; +que se aprobecho de su muger o manceba," _Diccionario de Motul, MS._ + +[194-1] Tekom. + +[195-1] nacon Cupul. + +[196-1] matanon. + +[196-2] Tipikal. + +[198-1] hauah. + +[201-1] cochlahal. + +[201-2] yokolcab. + +[202-1] tzolic. + +[202-2] xanhi. + +[202-3] utznac. + +[203-1] tubalob. + +[204-1] yotochob nacon. + +[204-2] tiobi. + +[206-1] ahe[c]il. + +[206-2] tiihil. + +[206-3] chunbez. + +[207-1] chunbez. + +[207-2] chabil. + +[208-1] ociha. + +[208-2] ezabil. + +[208-3] [c]iboltahob. + +[209-1] mulbaobe. + +[210-1] ocol cah. + +[210-2] panob. + +[211-1] a--ciil--ex. + +[211-2] yilahob. + +[211-3] tzimin. + +[211-4] ahactunob. + +[211-5] actunzabin. + +[212-1] [c]a uinalalob. + +[212-2] chiic. + +[213-1] tzoloc. + +[214-1] beltahob. + + + + +VOCABULARY. + + +A + +Ac, n. A turtle; a turtle shell. + +Actun, n. (From _ac_, turtle shell, _tun_, stone.) A cave; a stone +house. + +Ah, A prefix signifying possession or action; also sign of masculine. +See pp. 28, 57. + +Ahau, n. (From _ah_, prefix, and _u_, collar? See p. 57.) A ruler, +chief, king; a period of time. + +Ahbalcab, n. The coming dawn. "Quiere amanescer." _Dicc. Motul._ + +Ahez, n. (From _ah_, prefix, _ezah_, to show, to feign.) A sorcerer, +magician. + +Ahkin, n. (From _ah_, and _kin_, the sun, day, etc.) A priest. + +Ahkulel, n. (From _ah_ and _kulel_, to arrange business, etc.) A +lieutenant, deputy. pp. 27, 247. + +Ahoni, n. Well-dressed persons. p. 173. + +Ahpul, n[TN-37] One who carries or bears. + +Ahpulul, n. He or that which is carried or brought. + +Ahtepal, n. A ruler, governor. + +Ahtohil, n. A lover of justice; a righteous man. + +Ahuitzil, n. Mountaineers. p. 131. + +Ak, n. Osiers, willow branches. "Ramo de miembre." Pio Perez. _Dicc._ + +Akab, n. Night, the night time. + +Al, n. Son or daughter of a woman. _Yal_, her son. + +Alah, v[TN-38] pres. _alic_, fut. _alab_. To speak, say, tell, order. + +Alau, A numeral. p. 46. + +Anahte.[TN-39] n. A book. p. 64. + +Atan, n. Wife. + +Auat, v. aor. _autah_, fut. _aute_. To shout, to sing. "Dar gritos." + + +B + +Bahun, adv. How much. + +Bak, n. + 1. Meat, flesh; the private parts. + 2. The number 400. + 3. The turn of a rope around anything. + 4. In composition, an intensive particle, or conveys the idea of + enveloping with cords. + +Bal _or_ Baal, n. Thing, business, matter. + +Balam, n. A tiger; a priest. p. 69. + +Baalcah, n. The town and its inhabitants; the world. "El mundo con los +que en el viven." _Dicc. Motul._ + +Ban _or_ Banban, adv. Much, too much. + +Batab, n. Chief, ruler. See p. 26. + +Be _or_ Bel, n. A path, a road; a business; condition; history. + +Beltah _or_ Beel _or_ Betah, v. aor. _tah_, fut. _te_. To do, to make. + +Binel, v. irreg. aor. _bini_, fut. _binxic_. To go. + +Bolon, Nine. + +Botah, v. To pay. + +Buc, n. Covering, clothing. + +Buluc, Ten. + +Buul, n. A broad bean. + + +C + +Ca, adv. Then, when. + conj. And. + pron. We. + adj. Two. + +Caan, n. The sky, the heavens. + +Cab, n. + 1. Land, earth. p. 106. + 2. Honey; a hive. + +Cacab, n. A town and the land belonging to it; a township, commune. + +Cah, n. A town, village. + +Cah, part. A suffix and sign of the present and imperfect tenses, p. 29. + +Cahal, n. A town, village. + v. To reside, live in or at. + +Cahtal, v. aor. _cahlahi_, f. _calac_. To live, dwell, reside. + +Cal, n. Throat, neck; voice; in compos. an intensive particle. + +Calab, A numeral. p. 45. + +Cambezah, v. To teach, to instruct. + +Can, n. + 1. Conversation, talk. + 2. The generic name for serpents. + 3. The number four. + 4. A gift or present. + +Can, v. aor. _tah_, fut. _te_. To converse, to tell stories. aor. _ah_, +fut. e[TN-40]. To teach, to impart information; to give another a +contagious disease. + +Can, part. in compos. Strongly, powerfully, as _cankax_, to tie very +firmly. + +Canantah, v. To watch, to guard over. + +Canlaahal, v. To learn about. + +Caputzihil, n. Baptism (_ca_, twice, _zihil_, to be born; an ancient +word; see Landa, _Relacion_, p. 144). + +Catac, conj. And; used to connect numerals. p. 49. + +Caten, adv. The second time. _Tu caten_, for the second time. (From +_ca_, _two_.) + +Catul, adv. Two. _Tu catulli_, both, the two. + +Caua, conj. And, then. + +Cax, n. A fowl, a hen. + +Caxan, v. aor. _tah_, fut. _te_. To seek, to find, to hunt for. + +Caxtun, adv. Then, be it so, thus. + +Ceh, n. A deer. + +Cen, v. irreg. aor. _cihi_, fut. _ciac_. To say, to tell. + +Ci, Cici, part. These prefixes mean pleasant, agreeable; originally, +what is pleasant to taste. + +Cibah, v. aor. _cibhi_, fut. _cibic_. To wish, to permit, to dare. _U +cibah ua a yum._ Did your father permit it? + +Cicithan, n. (From _cici_, pleasant, _than_, words.) Words of love or +blessing. + +Ciciol, n. (From _cici_ and _ol_.) Joy, pleasure, peace, happiness. + +Cii, n. The pulque liquor. See p. 22. + +Cill, n. Delight, pleasure. + +Cilich, adj. Saintly, holy. + +Cob, v. 3d pl. pres. indic. of _cen_.[TN-41] + +Cimil, v. To die. + +Coch, in comp. Conveys the notion of extending or broadening. + +Cochhal _or_ Cochlahal, v. To make broad, to extend, to spread out. + +Cuch, n. + 1. Position, place. + 2. Burden, load; _met_. sin. + 3. Goods, possessions, treasures. + +Cuch, v. aor. _ah_, fut. _e_. + 1. To carry, to bear along. + 2. To govern a town or state. + +Cuchcabal, n. A province, region; the family, people or subjects of one +ruler. + +Cuchhab, n. The year-bearer or Dominical sign. p. 52. + +Cuchi. Sign of past tense. p. 29. + +Cuchul, n. The family or retainers of one person. "La familia o gente +que uno tiene en su casa." _Dicc. Motul._ + +Cul, n. A vase or cup. + +Culcinah, v. To appoint, to promote, to establish; _culcintahaan_, +appointed or promoted to an office or dignity. + +Cultal _or_ Cutal, v. aor. _culhi_, fut. _culac_. To sit down, remain, +be present, be at home, etc. + +Culul _or_ Cuulul _or_ Culicil, v. To rest or stop; to reside, to settle +down. + +Cum _or_ Cuum, n. A vase, jar. + +Cumcintah, v. To prepare for use, to put in order. Probably a form of +_culcinah_. + +Cumlaahaal, v. To stop, to check. + +Cumtal, v. aor. _lahi_, fut. _ac_. To set up, to put in a place. + +Cun _or_ Cunah _or_ Cunal, n. Enchantment, sorcery, conjury. _Au ohel +ua_ u _cunal c[=h]uplal?_ Do you know the conjury of a woman? _Dicc. +Motul_ (_i. e._, to make her submit to the will of a man). + +Cuntabal, Passive supine; from _cunah_, to conjure. + +Cutz, n. The wild turkey,[TN-42] + + +Ch. + +Chac, n. Water, rain, a giant, a god. + adj. red. In comp. much or very. + +Chacaan, n. Something plain, open, visible. + +Chacanhal, v. To become visible, to show itself. + +Chahal, v. To lose strength, to weaken. + +Chakan, n. A savanna. p. 125. + +Chapahal, v. To sicken. + +Chayanil, n. The rest, the remainder. + +Che, n. A tree; wood; _adj._[TN-43] wooden. + +Chem, n. A boat, a ship. + +Chen, adv. Solely, only, merely. + +Chenbel, adv. Vainly, fruitlessly. + +Chi, n. The mouth; a border, limit, edge; a bite, as _u chi pek_, the +bite of a dog. + verb, to bite, to eat. + +Chicilbezah, v. To set landmarks, to point out. + +Chichcunah, v. To strengthen, to fortify. + +Chichcunahthan, v. To support another's words, to agree with, to act in +concert with. p. 107. + +Chicul, n. A sign, mark, token. + +Chikin, n. The West. + +Chicpahal, v. aor. _pahi_, fut. _pahac_. To find, to discover, to +recover that which is lost; "parecer lo perdido." Pio Perez, _Dicc._ + +Chilan, n. An interpreter, p. 69. + +Chin, v. aor. _ah_, fut. _e_. To stone, to throw stones at. + +Chin, adj. A term of endearment. + +Chinchin, v. To incline, lean over, be out of line. + +Choy, n. A bucket; _choyche_, a wooden bucket. + +Chuuc _or_ Chuc, v. aor. _ah_, fut. _e_. To grasp, seize, to take +possession of. + +Chucan, n. Completeness, sufficiency, abundance. + +Chuccabil, n. A province, district. + +Chul, n. A flute. + +Chulub, n. Rain water; reservoirs. + +Chun, n. Foundation; trunk (of a tree); beginning; cause. + +Chunbezah, v. To cause, to occasion, to begin. + +Chunthan, n. (From _chun_, first, _than_; speech, he who speaks first.) +A principal, a presiding officer. + + +C[=h] + +C[=h]aa, _or_ C[=h]taab, v. aor. _c[=h]aah_, fut. _chae_. + 1. To take, to carry; to carry off; hence to kill. + 2. To recover that which is lost. + +C[=h]ahucil or[TN-44] C[=h]uhucil, n. Sweets. + +C[=h]een, n. Lowland; well. pp. 33, 125. + +C[=h]ibal, n. Lineage, generation. + +C[=h]uplal, n. Woman, girl. + +C[=h]uytab, v. To hang. + + +E + +Et, A particle indicating similitude. As a verb, to hold alike in the +two hands. Hence, + _eta_, friend; + _etel_, companion; + _etan_, wife; + _etcah_, fellow townsman; + _yetel_, and, with, etc. + +Ez, n. Enchanter, sorcerer. + +Ezah, v. To show, to make public; to imitate, feign. + _Ezabil_, what is to be or should be shown or published. + + +H + +Haa, n. Water. + +Haab, n. Year. p. 50. + +Haban, n. Branch, twig. p. 126. + +Hach, adv. Much, very. + +Hahal, adj. and adv. True, truly. + +Halach, adj, and n. True, truth; + _halach than_, an oath; + _halach uinic_. p. 26. + +Halal, n. The cane. + +Hanal, v. aor. _hani_, fut. _hanac_. To eat. + +Haual, v. aor. _haui_, fut. _hauac_. To cease, to stop. + +Hayal, v. To level with the ground, to destroy; from _hay_, thin, flat; +hence + _hayalcab_, the final end and destruction of the world. + +He[c] _or_ E[c], v. aor. _ah_, fut. _e_. To fix firmly, to establish, to +found; to select a site. + +He[c]cab, v. To fix or establish promptly; "poner o afirmar o asentar de +presto alguna cosa que quede ferme." _Dicc. Motul._ + +Hic[=h]cal, v. To tie up by the neck, to hang. + +Hi[c] _or_ Hi[c]il, n. The close or last of the week, month, or year, as +_u hi[c]il buluc ahau katun_, the last day of the eleventh Ahau katun. +_Chilan Balam._ + +Ho, adj. Five. + +Hokol, v. aor. _hoki_. To set out for, to go out from; of seeds, to +sprout; of the beard, etc., to begin to grow. + +Hokzahuba, v. To take oneself away from. + +Hol, n. The end of anything, hence the door of a house, the gate of a +town, the mouth of a bag or jar, a hole, an aperture; + verb, sensu obscoeno, to seduce a girl, to penetrate her. _Dicc. Motul._ + +Holcan, n. A warrior; + adj. brave, valiant. + +Holhaa, n. A seaport. See _haa_. + +Holpay, n. A seaport. See _pay_. + +Holpop, n. A chieftain (from _hol_ and _pop_, mat); "he who is at the +end or head of the mat." + +Hom, n. A trumpet. + +Hoppol, v. To begin. + +Hun, adj. One. + +Hunakbu, n. The one God. + +Hunkul, adv. Once and forever, really, permanently. + +Hunmol, adj. United together, congregated in one place[TN-45] + +Hunten, adv. On one occasion, at one time. + +Huun, n. A book. p. 63. + + +I. + +Ich, n. + 1. Face; eyes; twins; surface. + 2. Fruit; longing; color. + +Ich, prep. In, into, within. + +Ilah v. aor. _ilah_, fut. _ile_.[TN-46] or _ilab_. To see, to look at, to +visit, to test, to try. + +Ix, fem. prefix. See page 28; + conj. and also n. urine. + +Ixim, n. Maize. + +Ixmehen, n. A daughter. + + +K. + +Kaan, n. A measure. p. 27. + +Kab, n. The hand, the arm. + +Kaba, n. A name. See p. 26. + +Kabanzah, v. To give a name. + +Kah, n. Pinole, meal of roasted maize, used for stirring in water +to drink. + +Kahal, v. To remember, recall. + +Kahlay, n. Memory, memorial, record. + +Kak, n. Fire; also a febrile disease. + +Kaknab, n. The sea, the ocean. + +Kal, n. A score. p. 39; + verb, to imprison. + +Kam _or_ Kamah, v. To accept, receive; to take possession of. + +Kan, adj. Yellow. + n. The name of the first day of the Maya month. + +Kat, v. To wish, to desire. To ask, to ask for, to inquire. + +Katun, n. A body of warriors; a period of time. p. 58. + +Kax, n. Forest, woods. + +Kaxah, v. To join, unite, tie together. + +Kay _or_ Kayah, v. To sing. + +Keban, n. Sin, evil. + +Kebanthan, v. To plot evil, to calumniate; to commit treason; +"kebanthanil, traicion." _Dicc. Motul._ + +Kilacale, n. Ancestors. + +Kin, n. The sun; a day; time. + +Kinchil. A numeral. p. 46. + +Koch _or_ Kooch, v. To carry on the shoulders as a burden, +hence, _fig._ n. obligation, fault, sickness. + +Kohan, n. Sickness. + +Ku, n. God, divinity. + +Kubulte, n. Delivery, deposit. + +Kuchul, v. aor. _kuchi_, fut. _kuchuc_. To arrive, to come to. + +Kul, in comp. much, very; _kulvinic_. pp. 133, 164. + +Kuna, n. (From _ku_, god, _na_, house). A temple, a church. + +Kuuch, n. Cotton threads. + +Kuxil, n. Aversion, disgust, annoyance; + verb, to feel disgust at. + +Kuyan, adj. Consecrated to God, holy. + + +L + +Lahal, v. To finish, to end. + +Lahca. Twelve. + +Lahun. Ten. p. 38. + +Lai _or_ Lay, rel. and dem. pron. This, that, these, those, which, what, +etc. + +Lak, n. Companion, neighbor. + +Lic _or_ Licil, rel. In which, by which. + +Likil, v. To rise, to raise; as _likil katun_, to begin war. + +Likin _or_ Lakin, n. The East. + +Likul, prep. From, out of. + +Likzah, v. To lift up, to raise; _likzahuba_, to raise oneself. + +Loh, v. To redeem, to set at liberty. + +Lohil, n. The Redeemer, the Saviour. + +Lukanil, n. That which is set apart or separated. + +Lukul, v. aor. _luki_, fut. _lukuc_. To leave a place, to depart from, +go out of. + +Lukzah, v. To free, to separate from; _lukzahuba_, to quit, to abstain +from. + + +M + +Ma, adv. No, not. From this are the negatives, _matan_, not, emphatic; +_mato_, _matac_, _maina_, not even; _maix_, _matla_, neither; _mamac_, +no one; _manan_, without, etc. + +Mac, rel. pron. Who. + +Maccah, v. To obstruct, close up roads, etc. + Hence _macan_ p. p. p. that which is obstructed. + +Mach, v. aor. _ah_, fut. _e_. To take with the hand, to hold in the +hand. + +Mactzil, adj. Marvelous, miraculous; n. a miracle, an act of Providence. +(From _mac_, most, and _tzibil_, to be obeyed or reverenced.) + +Mak, v. To eat soft things, to eat without chewing. + +Mal _or_ Malel, v. aor. _mani_, fut. _manac_. To pass. + +Manak, n. A sign or mark. + +Manal, adv. Too much, in excess. + +Manbal, adv. Nothing. + +Mat, v. To receive, obtain. + +Maya, n. Derivation of. p. 16. + +Mayacimil, n. The pestilence. p. 132. + +Mazcab, n. A prison, gaol. + +Mazeual, n. Vassal, servant. Nahuatl, _maceualli_. + +Mehen, n. A son. + +Mek, n. An armful, hence + +Mektantah, _or_ Mektanma, v. To hold in one's power, to rule, govern. + +Mektancah, n. Jurisdiction, municipality. + +Mektanmail, n. A ruler, governor. + +Mentah, v. To make, manufacture. + +Menyah, v. To work, serve. + n. Work, service. + +Met, n. A wheel. p. 86. + +Mex _or_ Meex, n. The beard. + +Meyah, v. To serve, to labor for one. + +Minantal, v. p. p. minaan.[TN-47] To lack, to be absent or wanting, not +to have. + +Molcintah, v. To gather together, join, unite. + +Moltah, v. To gather around. + +Mothtal, v. To humble, to submit. + +Muk, n. Fortitude, bravery. + +Muktan, v. To suffer with fortitude. + +Mul _or_ Mol, part. in comp. Jointly, in common. + +Mulba, v. To congregate, to come together. + +Multepal, v. To rule or govern jointly. p. 131. + +Muz, v. To cut. + + +N + +Na, n. A house, not designating whose. + +Naat, v. To know, understand. + +Nacal, v. To ascend. p. 28. + +Nachi, adv. Far off, distant. + +Nacpalancal, v. To grope, to feel one's way. + +Nah, v. To suit, wish, desire; _nahuba_, to suit, etc., for oneself. + +Nak, n. The abdomen, belly, the end; verb. to end, finish; to join, to +stick; _tu nak_, at the end, near, close to. + +Nakal, v. To approach, to join on. + +Nant, v. See _Naat_. + +Noh, adj. Great, large. + +Nohkakil, n. Smallpox. p. 132. + +Nohoch, adj. Great, large. + +Nohol, n. The South. + +Nuc, adj. Great, large. + +Nuc, v. To answer; + n. an answer. + +Nuctah, v. To understand, perceive. + +Nucte, adj. Old, ancient; _nucteel_, the elders and leading men of a +town. + +Nucul, n. Signification, meaning; manner, form, figure. + +Numya, n. Toil, misery, unhappiness. + +Nucahthan, v. To reply, to answer. + +Nupthan, n. Companion, associate. + + +O + +Oc, n. The foot; _yooc_ his foot, their feet. + +Oca _or_ Ochaa _or_ Ocolha, (From v. _ocol_, to enter, _haa_, water,) To +baptize. + +Ocnakuchil, n. A pestilence. p. 151. + +Ocol, v. aor. _oci_, fut. _ococ_. To enter; also _sensu obscoeno_. + +Ohel, v. aor. _tah_, fut. _te_. To know, to recognize. + +Ol, n. Mind, intention, will. + +Olah, v. To wish, to desire; + n. will, goodwill, wish. + +On, pron. We. + +Ontkin, adv. For a long time. + +Op _or_ Oop, n. The anona, custard apple. + +Otoch, n. House, dwelling, denoting whose. p. 106. + +Ox, adv. Three; _oxlahun_, thirteen. p. 130. + + +P + +Pa _or_ Paa, n. A walled town, stronghold, fortress. p. 163. + +Pa, v. To break, break down, destroy. + +Pach, To take possession of, to select a place. + +Pach, n. The back of the shoulders; the outer or back part; hence, the +last or end of anything; _tu pach_, behind, after. + +Pachal, adv. Afterwards, late. + +Paiche, n. A mark, a line. + +Pak _or_ Pakil, n. A wall of stone, verb, aor. _ah_, fut. e.[TN-48] To +found, build, sow, plant; hence + +Pakal, n. A building, founding, etc. + +Pakte _or_ Pakteil, adv. All together, in all. + +Palil, n. A servant, man-servant. + +Pan, n. Standard, banner. + +Patan, n. Tribute, tax; from _paatah_, to watch, to guard. + +Patcunah, v. To declare, set forth, explain; + n. an explanation, etc. + +Paxal _or_ Paaxal, v. aor. _xi_, fut. _xac_. To forsake, abandon, +desert, depopulate; "desamparar y despoblar pueblo." _Dicc. Motul._ + +Pay, n. The sea-coast. + +Pay, v. aor. _tah_, fut. _te_. To draw or call toward one, hence, +_payal_, to be called or summoned. + +Paybe, n. (From _pay_, and _be_, a road). A guide; + hence, adv., first, before. + +Pek, n. A dog. + +Pet, n. A circle, wheel. + +Peten, n. An island, country, province. p. 122. + +Pic. A numeral. p. 45. + +Pix _or_ Piixtah, v. To unwind, to cast anchor. + +Pixan, n. Soul; happiness; + adj. happy. + +Pol. n. Head; hair. + +Puchtun, n. Fighting, quarreling. + +Puczical, n. Heart; mind, will, soul. + +Pul, v. To bring, to carry. _Ahpulul_, one who brings. + + +Pp + +Ppatal, v. To remain, to stay. + +Ppiz, n. A measure of grain, etc. + +Ppoc, n. A hat. + +Ppul _or_ Ppuul, n. An earthen jar. + + +T + +Taab, n. Salt. + +Tab, v. To tie together; hence + +Tabal, n. Relationship; anything attached to or dependent on another. + +Tabzah, v. To deceive, to delude, to tie. + +Tah, adv. Whence, whither, thence, to, unto. + pron. For us, for our part. + +Takal, v. To stick to; to add to, to increase. + +Tal, prep. From; _tii tal en_, I am from there. _Dicc. San Francisco._ + +Tal, v. aor. _ah_, fut. _e_. To touch, to begin to take; to make use of. + +Talel, v. aor. _tali_, fut. _talae_ or _tae_. To come, to go. + +Tamuk, adv. While, when. + +Tan, n. The breast; hence, the middle of anything; as _tan cah_, the +middle of the town. p. 132. + +Tan, postposition. Toward, as _lakintan_, toward the East. + +Tancabal, n. The premises of a house; a house and its grounds. + +Tancoch, n. A half (from _tan_, and _cochil_, the width, the size of a +thing). + +Tec, adv. Quickly, suddenly. + +Tem _or_ Temah, v. To satisfy, please. + +Ten, pron. I. _Ten c en_, I who am I. + +Tepal, v. To rule, govern. + +Than, n. Word, speech. + +Thun, n. A drop, a spot, a dot. + +Ti, prep. To, by, for; sign of dative and ablative. + +Tiihil, v. To happen there, to take place there. + +Tipp, v. To exceed in size; to go forth from; as _tippan kin_, the sun +having appeared. + +Toc _or_ Tooc, v. aor. _tocah_, fut. _e_, To burn. + +Toch, adj. Severe, firm, rough. + +Tocoyna, n. A deserted house or field; "solar yermo." _Dicc. Motul._ + +Toh, adj. Just, righteous; _ahtohil_, a magistrate. + +Tohyol, adj. Healthy, well (from _toh_, _ol_). + +Tox, v. To pour out; _tox haa ti pol_, to pour water on the head, +_i. e._, to baptize. _Dicc. Motul._ _Toxol_, the person baptized; also a +distribution or outpouring, as _toxol cahob_, a distribution of towns to +different rulers. + +Tul, adj. Full, abounding. p. 39. + verb. To fill to overflowing, to rise (of the tide). + For _tutul_ see p. 109. + +Tulpach, v. To go back, to return. + +Tulum, n. A wall, walled town. p. 163. + +Tumen, prep. For, by reason of, because of. + +Tun, n. A stone. + A euphonic particle. p. 124. + +Tux _or_ Tuux, adv. Where, in what part or place. + +Tuzebal, adv. Promptly. + +Tuzinil, adv. All, in all parts. + +Tzac, v. To seek, to follow. + +Tzen, n. Food, sustenance; hence, + +Tzentah, To give food to. + +Tzicil, v. To obey, to serve. + +Tzimin, n. A horse. + +Tzol, n. A string, thread; hence, verb, to arrange on a string, to put +in order, to adjust; _tzolan_, an arrangement, series, order. + +Tzuc, n. A part, division. p. 54. + +Tzucub, n. A province. + + +U + +U, n. The moon; a month; menstrual period; a string of beads, a collar; +rosary. + pron. His, her, its, their. + Also a euphonic particle before vowels. + +Uaatal, v. To set up, erect. + +Uabic, adv. How, in what manner. + +Uac, Six. + +Uacchahal, v. To emerge with force. p. 185. + +Uacuntah, v. To set on end, to put in place; to designate, appoint; +_uacuntahbal_, the putting in place, etc. + +Uah, n. Tortilla, bread; _uahal uahob_. p. 129. + +Uahil, n. Banquet; guest. + +Ualac, adv. While, meanwhile. + +Ualkahal, v. To turn oneself, to return. + +Uaxac, Eight. + +Uay _or_ Uai, adv. Here, in this place. + +Uazaklom, n. A return, p. 86. + +Ubah, v. To hear, understand. + +Uchebal, conj. In order that. + +Uchul, v. aor. _uchi_, fut. _uchuc_. To happen, to occur, take place, +come to pass. + +Uinalal, n. Labor, work. + +Uinbail, n. Image, figure. + +Uinic, n. Man; a measure, p. 27. + +Uitz, n. A mountain, a hill. p. 131. + +Ulul, v. To arrive, return. + +Ulum, n. A bird, a pheasant. + +Uooh, v. To write, p. 63. + +Utial, prep. For, on account of. + +Utz, adj. Good; _utzil_, the good, the well-being. + +Utzcinah, v. To make better, to perfect; to compose a speech or essay; +to set in order. + +Utzuac, adv. Now, be it now. + +Uuc. Seven. + +Uu[c], n. A folding, doubling; a line of warriors. + + +X + +Xachetah, v. To seek, to procure. + +Xamach, n. A large pot or jar. + +Xaman, n. The North. + +Xan, n. Straw; + conj. also adv. slowly. + +Xantal, v. aor. _xanhi_ fut. _xanac_. To stay behind, to remain. + +Xenhi, v. To vomit. + +Xic, v. To split, to divide. + +Xicin, n. The ear, the hearing. + +Ximbal, v. to journey, to pass. + +Xiu, n. Grass, herbage, name of a noble family. p. 109. + +Xma, prep. Without. + +Xocol, v. To count, to read. + +Xotlahal, v. To cut. + +Xul, n. End, limit; + v. to end, also _xulul_. + + +Y + +Ya, n. + 1. Love + 2. Pain, wound, sickness. + 3. Difficulty. + 4. A shoe. + +Yaab, adj. Much, abundant: _yaabil_, abundance, multitude. + +Yacunah, v. To love. + +Yah _or_ Yaah, n. Severe sickness. + +Yala, The rest, remainder. + +Yalan, prep. Under, beneath. + +Yan _or_ Yanhal, v. To have, to be, to stand. + +Yax, adv. First, freshly; + adj. green, young. + +Yaxchun, n. The beginning, cause. + +Yetel, conj. And, with, a compound of _u etel_, his or its companion, +usually abbreviated _to[TN-49] y_. + +Yib, n. A bean. + +Yic, n. Red peppers. + +Yok, prep. On, over, in front of. + +Yoklal, prep. By reason of, because of. + +Yokolcab, adv. On the earth, in the world. + +Yol, n. Mind, spirit. + +Yxma, prep. Without, =_xma_.[TN-50] + +Yub, n. Cloak, coat. + +Yum, n. Father; lord; ruler; head of a family. + +Yum _or_ Yumtah, v. To wave, to move to and fro. + + +Z + +Zabin, n. A weasel. + +Zah _or_ Zahal _or_ Zahacil, n. Fear, terror; verb, to fear. + +Zat, v. aor. _ah_, fut. _e_. To lose. + +Zi, n. Wood. + +Zihnal, n. Birth, a native. + +Zil _or_ Ziil, v. To give, to present; + n. gifts. + +Zinah, v. To cut wood. + +Zuhuy, n. A virgin. + +Zulbil-taab, n. Purified salt, from _zul_, to soak. + +Zut, v. To return; _tu zut pach_, back again, over again. + + +[C] + +[C]a v. aor. _[c]aah_, fut. _[c]ae_ or _[c]aab_. To give; _[c]abal_, +past part. pas. that which is to be given. + +[C]a, v. To avail, to be of advantage. + +[C]aleb, n. A seal, mould, press. + +[C]an, v. To devastate, ruin. + +[C]a[c], v. To suck; _[c]a[c]opob_, suckers of anonas, a name given to +the Spaniards. + +[C]iboltah, v. To desire, wish for. + +[C]ib _or_ [C]ibah, v. To write. + +[C]icil, n. Bravery; encouragement. + +[C]ilibal, n. A register, record. + +[C]oc, n. The end, the last. + v. To happen, to occur; to tear down. + adv. Already. + +[C]oocol, v. To end, finish. + +[C]u[c], v. To kiss, to suck. + +[C]uun[c]ucil, adj. Made of mud, or plastered. + +[C]ul, n. A foreigner, stranger. p. 131. + +[C]unul, v. To make a beginning. + +[C]u[c]ucinzah, v. To act mildly and kindly; from _[c]u[c]_, to kiss, to +suck. + + + + + Transcriber's Note + + The following errors were corrected: + + Page Error + 196 Both footnotes on this page were numbered 1. The second was changed + to number 2. + + The following misspellings and typographical errors were maintained. + + Page Error + TN-1 24 terrestial should read terrestrial + TN-2 24, fn. 2 Pieces should read Pieces + TN-3 25 Numbers 13 to 19 are one higher than they should be + TN-4 46, fn. 1 _Calepino en Lengua Cakchiquel por Fray_ Francisco de + Varea should read _Calepino en Lengua Cakchiquel_ por Fray + Francisco de Varea + TN-5 53 40th year should read 40th year. + TN-6 54, fn. 1 anos.' should read anos." + TN-7 57 batallion should read battalion + TN-8 58, fn. 1 Lengva should read Lengua + TN-9 67, fn. 1 Nvestra should read Nuestra + TN-10 87 (I. II, III.) should read (I, II, III.) + TN-11 87 well dressed" should read "well dressed" + TN-12 111 p 10 should read p. 10 + TN-13 111 cap, XXIX, should read cap. XXIX, + TN-14 111 p 12 should read p. 12 + TN-15 124 northen should read northern + TN-16 128 qui should read que + TN-17 128 established himself should read "established himself + TN-18 131 MS). should read MS.). + TN-19 132 cap. VI), should read cap. VI). + TN-20 138 Uac ahau should read Uac ahau. + TN-21 142 Lahun ahau, should read Lahun ahau. + TN-22 157 Uuc ahau, should read Uuc ahau. + TN-23 183 Usumaciuta should read Usumacinta + TN-24 190 Abbe Brasseur should read Abbe Brasseur + TN-25 198 yahaubiI should read yahaubil + TN-26 238 branches should read branches, + TN-27 244 miscontrued should read misconstrued + TN-28 247 in Yucatan, should read in Yucatan. + TN-29 247 MS.) should read MS.). + TN-30 252 26. should read 20. + TN-31 252 MS.) should read MS.). + TN-32 254 Bienvanida should read Bienvenida + TN-33 257 MS.) should read MS.). + TN-34 257 possibly should read possible + TN-35 257 I Kan should read 1 Kan + TN-36 258 "_Ma c'ubah than_ should read "_Ma c'ubah than_" + TN-37 261 Ahpul, n should read Ahpul, n. + TN-38 261 Alah, v should read Alah, v. + TN-39 261 Anante. should read Anante, + TN-40 263 fut. e should read fut. _e_ + TN-41 263 Cob is out of alphabetical order + TN-42 264 wild turkey, should read wild turkey. + TN-43 265 _adj._ should not be italicized + TN-44 266 C[=h]ahucil or C[=h]uhucil should read C[=h]ahucil _or_ + C[=h]uhucil + TN-45 267 one place should read one place. + TN-46 267 _ile_. should read _ile_, + TN-47 270 minaan should read _minaan_ + TN-48 272 fut. e should read fut. _e_ + TN-49 277 _to y_ should read to _y_ + TN-50 278 Yxma is out of alphabetical order + + Inconsistent spelling: + + Abbe / Abbe + Cuculcan / Cuculcan + Pocomams / Pokomams + Pocomchis / Pokomchis + Puczical / Puczikal + + Other inconsistencies: + + i.e. / i. e. + + Accents on words in foreign languages are inconsistently used. + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of The Maya Chronicles, by Various + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE MAYA CHRONICLES *** + +***** This file should be named 20205.txt or 20205.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + http://www.gutenberg.org/2/0/2/0/20205/ + +Produced by Julia Miller and the Online Distributed +Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +http://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at http://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit http://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. +To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + http://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. |